Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting Fiat and contratulations on your choice of a Fiat Croma.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Croma features and use it in the best possible way.
You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time.
You will find information, tips and imporunt warnings reSardinS the driving ofyour car to help you derive the maximum from yourFiat Croma technological features.
We would like to point out Fiat's commitment in protecting the environment through "total material recycling"; at the end of yourFiat Croma useful lifespan,.any Fiat dealer would be pleased to make arrangements for your car to be recyclid propeny ano eco-logically (in comPliance with current law regulations). Nature benefits in two ways: there's no pollution from wasie dispoial and thedemand for raw materials is reduced.
You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols, at the end of the page:
A personal safety;
the car's wellbeing;
. :. environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:
C the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintainint its validity
D the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers
Best regards and good motoring!
This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Croma versions. As a consequence, you should aonsider onlythe information which is related to the engine and bodywork version ofthe car you purchased.
MUST BE R.EAD!
REFUELLING
Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded peftol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.
Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590.
ENGINE STARTING
Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral (positions P or N withautomatic transmission); fully depress the clutch pedal (or brake pedal with automatic transmission) without press-ing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to START and release it as soon as the engine has started.
Diesel engines; make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral (positions P or N withautomatic transmission); fully depress the clutch pedal (or brake pedal wirh automatic transmission) without press-ing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to ON and wait for the ffi and'lff warning lights to go off; turn theignition key to START and release it as soon as the engine has started.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL
While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine nee-dles or anv other inflammable materials: risk of fire.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diatnosis of the components correlated with emissions to en-sure better resoect for the environment.
s(tr
T
;;
l rraar*,ao.AccEssoRrEsl l after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that wil l gradually drain the battery), visit a FiatDealership. They. can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car's electric system can sup-DOrt the reourred load.
vith3SS-
CODE card
Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it sta/s in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a lont t ime to come.
vith
the
THE O\^r'NER HANDBOOK CONTAINS...
... information. cips and imponant warnings regarding the safe. correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Payparticular aftenrion ro the aymbols 6 (peisonai safef) f i (environmental pro-ceciionl A lthe car's wellbeing).
I
>- clE!lEE
DAgH] o ) / r D
5
6
7
7
8
t2
t7
t8
3l
34
35
36
39
4l
54
57
60
62
63
66
DASHBOARD
INSTRUMENT PANEL
SYMBOLS
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM
THE KEYS
ALARM
IGNITION SWITCH
INSTRUMENTS.......
SEATS
HEAD RESTMINTS
STEERING WHEEL
HEATING/CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .."...."..
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
WINDOWWASHING
CRUISE CONTROL
CEILING LIGHTS
CONTROLS
SUNROOF
DOORS
POWERWINDOWS
BOOT
BONNET
HEADLIGHTS
ABS SYSTEM
ESP SYSTEM
ASR SYSTEM
EOBD SYSTEM
T.P.M.S. SYSTEM
SOUND SYSTEM
ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER.."...'"
PARKING SENSORS
AT THE FILLING STATION
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
DIESEL PARTIcULATE FILTER (DPF)
70
73
74
76
82
85
86
88
89
90
9l
92
93
94
95
97
98
zVs=ge
€
INTERIOR FITTINGS
-
DASHBOARD
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
=Eea
z=<6
==s=2e=gE
==
fi9. I
]: l ld" 1iu"1, 2: Left steering column sulk: external l ights - 3. Instrumenr panel and warning l ights - 4. Right steering column
::1n' y,:q::!"."": *ar window wiPer and,trip computer controls - 5. Central air vents - 6. Souid lystem - T.iront passenger air?ig:1 -".|.""0-9i ,
v. HeatrnS/ventilation/climate controls - I 0. Gea rshrfr lever - | | . Driver's knees air bag - | 2. Driver's aii bag -lJ. Cruise control lever - 14. Contrgl unit access door - 15. Controi olare.
INSTRUMENT PANET
tc ')
1.8 - 1.9 Multi iet 8V versions
A Rev counter
B Fuel leve! gauge with reserve warninglight
}-*5!:t=
z=<G
E
D
E
Engine coolant temperature gauge,andexcessive temperature warnlnS llSnt
Speedometer (speed indicator)
Multifunction displaY
,^e-==t!zv,=
=Ee
a€
2.2 - | .9 Multi iet l6V -2.4 Multiiet 20V versions
A Rev counter
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warninglight
C Engine coolant temperature gauge,andexiessive temperature warning l iSht
D Speedometer (speed indicator)
E MultifunctiondisPlaY
'lto E Warning liShts fifted on Multijet ver-sions
E:i Warning light fitted on versions with au-tomatic transmlsslon
a N\ +u v+ N\ 'lfd a Eat l
ToE : f te
90 l1o rao
70 * fi. t50
50 6 7/; s, 175O4 71 u 17O
30 /:) ^
'rso
1/ . -zro.,
20 6 -r ro, 50
-rc @, fa o
%\i!+ \5
aErf i
- j.6. e
\n r{'\$- l \ to E
$ E' tL? o
Luh l3 l . lsu
t-
Ing
lnd
tht
SYMBOTSSpecial coloured labels have been attachednear or actually on some of the compo_nents ofyour car. These labels bear sym-bols that remind you of the precautionsto be taken as regards that pafticular com-ponent.
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEMTo further protect your car from theft, ithas been fifted wirh an engine immobilisingsystem. I his system is automarically acci_vated when the ignition key is removed.
An electronic device, in hcq is fitted in eachignition key grip. The device transmits a ra-dio-frequency signal when the enpine jsstarted through a specialaerial built inlo theignition switch. The modulate signal, whichchantes each dme the engine is stafted, isthe password", by means of which thecontrol unit recognises the key and enablesto staft the engine.
OPERATION
Each time the key is fitted into the ignioonswitch, the Fiat CODE system control unitsends a recognition code to the engine con-trol unit to deactivate the inhibit;.The code issent only if the Fiat CODE sys-tem control unit has recognised the codetransmitted from the key. -
Each dme rhe ignition key is removed, theFiat CODE sysrem deacrivates che func-tions ofthe engine electronic control unit.lf the code has not been recopnised cor-recdy, the warning light ffi tirns on ac-companied by the related message on cnedisplay (see chapter "Warning l(hts andmessages ).
Ing The place summarising rhe symbols usedcan be found under the bonnet fig. 4.
agta
u.f
cA!=2i=gE
==<5
€=Lnd
tht
J'-aa
>- gi! ;Y
=E
; :=
zzs=2e=gE
=
=€
ln this case. the kev should be removed andrefitted; if the lock continues, possibly tryagain with the other key provided with thecar. lf it is still not possible to start the carcontact a Fiat Deaiership.
IMPORTANT Every key has its own code,which must be memorised by the systemcontrol unit. To memorise new keys, uP toa maximum of eighg apply to Fiat Dealer-ship.
Warning light ffi coming on whendriving
THE KEYS
CODE GARD fig. 5
The car is delivered with two copies oftheignition key and with the CODE cardwhich bears the following:
D the elecronic code A
fl the mechanical key code B to be 8iv-en to the Fiat Dealership when order-ing duplicate keys.
IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfectefticiency of the electronic devices con-tained inside the keys, they should never beexposed to direct sunlight
Alf the ke'rs ond the CODEcord must be hqnded over tothe new owner when sellingthe cor.
fig. 5
tr
o
lf the warning light ffi turns on, thismeans that the system rs runnlnS a se|I-test (for example for a voltage drop).At the first stop, turn the ignition keyto OFF and then back to ON: if n^ofailure is detected warning light ffiwill not come on.
lf the warning light ffi stays on, re-peat the procedure described PreYi-ously leaving the key at OFF for oYer30 seconds. Should the inconveniencepersists, contact a Fiat Dealership.
The electronic comqonents in-side the key moy be domogedifthe key is submitted to shorPknock
-- erecrr,or,ttc cooe 7F- )
xecuanceL carf--T- )- - ]FL
_@Hl[@]E
)DErr Iolling
flg. 6
KEY \^/ITH REMOTE CONTROLfig. 5
This key operates the ignition switch.
Button 0 shall be used for remote open-ing of doors and tailgate and for remotedeactivation of the alarm (where provid-eo).
Button I shall be used for remote lock-ing of doors and tailgate and for remoteactivation of the alarm (where provided).
Button € shall be used for remoreopening of the tailgate.
When unlocking the doors, the passen-ger's companment l ights wil l come on fora preset time.
Opening the doors and the tailgate
Briefly press button 0 for remote un-locking ofdoors, tailgate and fuelfiller capand simultaneous alarm (where provided)deactivation, timed switching on ofthe in-ternal ceiling liShts and double flashing ofdirection indicators.
Press button 3 for more than 2 secondsto open the windows.
Doors will be unlocked automatically ifthefuel inertial cut-off switch comes into op-eration.
The "Set-up menu" on the display (seeparagraph "14ultifunction display") enablesto set the system so that by pressing but-ton E, only the driver's door is unlocked.In this event, to unlock the other doorspress quickly button il twice.
IMPORTANT lfthe remote control doesnot work properly, it is sti l l possible tocarry out the emergency opening proce-dure by using the metal insert set insidethe remote control (see "Emergencyopening usingthe metal insen ofthe key").
Locking the doors and the tailgate
Briefly press button 6 for remote lock-ing of doors, tailgate and fuelfiller cap andsimultaneous alarm (where provided) ac-tivation, switchint off of the internal ceil-ing l ights and single flashint ofdirecrion in-dicators.
Press button B for more than 2 secondsto close the windows. lf the burton isbriefly pressed rwice, the dead lock deviceis activated (see paraSraph "Dead lock de-vice").
IMPORTANT lf the remote control doesnot work properly, it is sti l l possible tolock the car doors by following the pro-cedure described in paragraph "Emer-gency closing"
i; !2=a
==i
d- i l
z.=<6
5
a€
>-g
?a
Opening the tailgate
by the remote control
press bunon € to oPen the railSate by
.emote conr.ol even if lhe alarm (where
provided) is on.
Ooeninq the tailgate is accompanied by the
;i#;;; i ; id,o' ' f lashing twice: clos-
inq is accompanied by a single tlash (only
if ihe alarm is on).
lf the alarm is on. when the tailgate rs
ooened the alarm system switches on vol-
umetric protection and the tatlSate
perimetral Protection sensor'
When closinq the tailgate again' volumet-
ric and perimetral prorection sensors are
restoreo.
IMPORTANT lf the remote control does
not work properly. it is however Possl-bl",o op"n [he railgate throuth the me-
.hanical' lever sec on the lock inside tne
boot (see paragraph'Boot in thls sec-
tion).
Leds on the driver's door fig' 7
When locking the doors, led A switches
on for aboui3 seco-nds and than smrts
flashing (deterrence tunctlon)'
Once doors are locl<ed if one or more
Joors ot the uilgate are not closed cor-
iectlv. the led and direction indrcators
start flashing quickly'
Replacing the battery^of the key
with remote control llg' o
To replace the battery' proceed as follows:
' l move aside lever A and-rake out tne
emergencY metal insert t':
1 take out the battery case C using the'
i l ;;t meul insert move aside
batteiy D and replace it maktng sure
the bias is correc!
-l refit rhe bacery case C and the.emer-
gencY meul insen B inside the key'
f ig8
Request for additional remote
controls
The svstem can recognise up to 8 keys with
incor6orated remoce control should a new
kev with remote control be necessary' con-
i""l u ii., o""r"*nip uking wich you theEijoi ."J
""a ,n"'teys' a personal iden-
ti-ry do.ument and the car's ownershiP doc-
uments.
€1i.aA
€
a*Used bdtteries ore hqrmfultoihe environment' TheY should
Ie Jsfoted ofos sPtcified bY
,ow in the sPeciql c-ontqmen
oro"ia"a. -oi
tot" ttt dm to o Fiat Deol'
Z'riiti,inrn will deol with their dis'posoi.
rffi-.Affi,, ffi*-\++Jrgd6
t0
EMERGENCY OPENING USINGTHE METAL INSERT
lf the remote control does not workproperly (e.9.: battery flat), it is howeverpossible ro use the emergency metal rn-sert ser inside the remorJconirol.
The metal insert operates the followins:
O move aside lever A and take out rneemergenc/ metal insert B, at the samel|me.
The metal insert acts on the interestedooor.
For emergency opening proceed as tol-
raise the handle, fir the metal insert in-to the revolvlng plug and turn it coun_terclockwise;
remove the key and lower the handle;
raise the handle and open the door.
EMERGENCY CLOSINGfig. | |
To lock the doors if the remote controldoes not work properly, proceed as fol_
O flt the metal insert into the slot C sexon the doors and turn it in the direc_tion ofthe arrow (as shown in the fig_ure).
IMPORTANT Before carrying our rheemergency door lockinq, check wheclrerche independent boot loiking function onthe muhifuncrion display sei-up menu isoft (see paragraph "Multifunction display,).
O every door lock (the revolving plug istocated under the exrernal door han_dles as shown in fig. 9);
D the switch for deactivating the frontpassenger's air bag and side bag (chestprotectron) (where provided);
D the switch for deactivating rear sidebags,(chesr protecrion) lr ihere pro_vroeor.
To use the metal inserr set inside the re-mote control, proceed as follows lig. l0:
J
I
Eg?e
ATARM(where provided)
WHEN THE ALARMIS TRIGGERED
The alarm comes into action in the fol-
lowrng cases:
D unlawful opening ofone ofthe doors'
bonnet or boot (perimetral Protec-tion);
D attemPt to start the engine with unau-
thorised key;
O battery cable cuttinS;
D oresence of moving bodies in.the Pas-i"ng"t't
-mP"tatent (volumetrlc
Protecflon);
D abnormal raising/sloping of the car'
Deoendinq on the markets, the cutting in
of ihe alar-m causes oPeration ot th^e-slren
and direcrion indicators (for about lb rec-
onds). The ways ofoPeradng and fie num-
i"iii.y.r"t i""y "iry deplnding on the
markets.
A maximum number of sound/sight cycles
is however envisaged.
Volumetric and anti-raisin8. Protectronsi* u" iut ot oy op"rating ihe front ceil-
inq liqht controls (see ParatraPhs '-volu-
m-etr-ic protection sensors and "AntFrals-
ing senior" on the following Pages)'
IMPORTANT The engine immobiliseriun.tion i, gu"..nt""d by the Fiat CODE
system, wh'ich is aulomatically ac vated
*hen the ignirion key is removed'
HOW TO ACTIVATETHE ALARM fi8. 12
With the doors, bonnet and boot shut and
isnition key ro OFF or removed' Pornt,"r-r"
-t"v *iai t"to," aonttol ot- lsmoved'
ooint ihe key with remote control in the
direcdon ofthe car, then Press and release
the button B.
With the exception of cenain markets'
the system sounds a "beeP and the doors
are Iocked.
Enmgement of the alarm is prececeo oy
i i"Jiai.en"*i. ."tt lf a fault is detecred
the svstim sounds a further warntng"beeol'and the display shows the relevant
,ri"1-J"g" 1t"" t".ttn "Warning lights and
messaSes").
ln this case, switcf, the alarm system off by
oressinq bunon il, check that the doors''bonnJ'"nd t ilg.t"
".e properly shuc then
switch the system on again by Presslngbutton ts,
lf rhe doors. bonnet and boot are. shut
correctly and the warninS beeP ls re-
i"..J, itt" ty*"t ,"lldiagnostics has de-
iected a system operating tault lt ls mere-
fore necessary to cont?lct a Fiat Ljealer-
ship.
IMPORTANT OPeradng a door with the
i"tat int"n "f
.tt! t "y
will not activare the
alarm.
IMPORTANT The alarm is built in com-
pliance with the law and regulations ot the
different destination countrles'
9o
=ve=gs
=fr€
v=
=a
@@
nllBlI@
O two brief "beeps";
O door unlocking.
I|'4PORTANT Operating a door with themetal insert ofthe key will not activate thealarm.
To deactivate the alarm, turn the ignitionkey to ON.
VOLUMETRIC PROTECTIONSENSORS
The volumetric sensors are located insidethe front ceil int l i tht in the passenger'scompaftment. To make sure that the vol-umetric sensoTs are working properly,check that doors, boot, bonnet, windowsand sunroof (where provided) are shut.
Anti-raising protectiondeactivation
lf it is necessary to switch on the alarmwhen animals or people are in the car,press bufton A-fig, | 3 on the front ceil-ing light to deactivate the volumetric pro-tection.
Deactivation is needed also in the pres-ence ofadditional independent heater andwhen it is switched on with the remorecontrol.
ANTI-RAISING SENSOR
The anti-rajsing sensor detects any ab-normal car raising/sloping, even partial(e.g.: anempt to remove a wheel).
This sensor can detect the smallest carsideslip angle changes, both longitudinallyand transversally. Sideslip angle changeslower than 0.5"/min. (e.9.: slow tyre flat-tening) are not considered).
Anti-raising protectiondeactivation
To deactjvate the anti-raising protection(for example when towing the car withalarm on) press butron B-fig. l4 on rhefronc ceil ing l ighr. Sensor cur-ouI stays onuntil activating the central door openinga8arn.
fig.
t
t3
>-: lti :i
saB=-_<
g:i ; :
a:1
INDICATIONS OF ATTEMPTS
TO BREAK IN
Anv attempt lo break in is indkac:d by
turninq on of warning l iSht - - {rt.Pro-
I' i" l i"- *" insrrum-eni panel with the
releuant messa8e on the disPlay (see sec-
tion "Warning lights and messages )'
HOW TO CUT OFF THE ALARM
SYSTEM
To deactivate the alarm system com-
nl"telv t{o. insBnce during Prolonged In-
lcciviiy of the carl simPly lock the car us-
ing the emergency locKrnS'
IMPORTANT To cut-our che alarm i{ re-
.",! a.n,t"f batteries are down. or. the
system is fail ing, f it the key into the rgnr-
rion swttch and turn It to vr\ '
DEAD IOCK DEVICE
This safety device enables to inhibit:
3 door internal handles;
ll button A and B for locking/unlockingthe doors fig. l5;
thus hindering doors opening from inside
;'h;;;';;;*;?; ."'pirtment in case or
,""[pii"tsi"tl i*" (e g window break-inc)The dead lock device guarantees the best
Drotection aSainst unwanted acces5'
?nl."fore, it ihould be actuated ever/
J'rn" ihi . i . It pt*"d and left unattend-
ed.
rr.l--f,7A\ tf tt" aottery of the key wrthl-/ a"to1" control is down' tne
dead lock device con be dctivoted on'
fv usinsthe metol insert ofthe Key on'icrli
d'oor revotvingplugs ds described
iii"iortivt in trit-toselhe deod. loct<
Levice is ictive only on the redr doors'
rr-l--f,7A\ on"" the deod lock devicel-t 6ot been octuoted, doors
connot be opened from inside the cdr
in anv woy ihqtsoever' For thts red-
son, moke sure there ore no Peruonsleft inside the cor.
/@'Hr@El
tthhen-,nedckt$
Devjce activation is signalled by threeflashes of the direction indicators andflashing ofthe led on the driver door pan-el (see the table on next page).
Should one of the doors be not perfectlyclosed, the dead lock device is not acti-vated, thus preventing that a person get-ting into the car from the open door re-mains blocked inside the passenger's com-partment when he/she closes the door.
Device deactivation
The device is deactivated automatically onevery door in the following cases:
O when unlocking the doors by the re-mote control;
O when unlocking only the driver's doorby the remote control;
D when turning the ignition key to ON.lig. l6
Device activation fig, l5
The device is automatically activated onevery door in the following cases:
O pressing twice button B of the keywith remote control
?-E
ea
a3
=
ceE=23=g=
E€
The main functions that can be activated with the keys or with the emergency metals inserr are the following:
Door openingand fuel
f i l lercaP
Door closingand fuel
f i l lercap
locking
oPening closingDead lock
(whereprovided)
TailgateoPenrng
Key with Press brieflyDUtton E
Pressinqbrief lybutton o
Prolonged ProlonSedPressing Pressing(over 2 seconds) (over 2 seconds)on button O on button n
Double pressint Pressinq ononbutton0
- burron'€
Emergcncymetaltnserc
Key turningcounteTclockwtse(driver side) or
(passenger side)
Directionindicatorsf lashing (onlywith key withremote control)
2 f lashlngs I f ashing 2 f lashings I f ashing 3 f iashings 2 flashings
driver 's doorTurning offdeterrencc led
Turning on f ixed Turning offfor about 3 deterrence ledseconds, fol lowedby deterrence ledflashing
Deterrence led Doublef lashinS f ashing,
fol lowed bydeterrence tecf lashing
IMPORTANT The emergency metal inseru wil l unlock only the door being operated.
II"IPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocl<ing control; window closing operation is a consequenceof a door locking control.
l6
I rGNtTtoN swtTcHII The key can be turned to 3 different po_
I sit ions fig. 17:
I O OFF;engine off, key can be removed.I sreering column locked. Cercain elec_] tricaldevices (e.g.: sound system, pow_
] er wtndows. ..) can work.
I O Ol:a.iving position. All electrical de-
yrces are powered.
0 START: engine starting.
The ignition switch is fitted with an erec_tronic safety system that, in the evenx rneengine is not started, turns back the igni-tion key to OFF before repeating ihestafttng operataon.
Percd with (e.9.: ottempted
STEERING COLUMN LOCK
Engaging
The steering column lock wil l engage 5seconds after removing rhe key from theignition swirch (engine off).
Disengaging
Ttre s^teering column lock wil l disengageafter fitting rhe key inco the ignition switc-h.
IMPORTANT Swicching the engine offwhen the car is runnjng will not enraee rhesteering column lock. The multif ir ictiondisplay wil l show the relevant message(see section "Warning l ighrs and Mei-sages ).
|I'4PORTANT ll after trying to turn theInstrument panel on and/or to start theengine, rhe display wil l show rhe message"Check vehicle protection sysrem , repeatthe_operarion rocking the sreering wheelto tacrlitare sreering unlocking. Displayingol inrs message does not impair steerintcolumn lock operation.
bg=*
theft), hove it checkid6ver by d FiotDeolership os soon os possibli.
EFg6
c€E=EE==<6
E
aE
When getting out of the cdr,
- olwoys remove thC key toprevent any occupdnts from occi_any occuqanlI frcm acci-dentd.lly octiyoting the contrors. Re-member to engoge tfie handbrakeond if the cor is
focing downhiil, en-goge the reversegear Oosition P with autonatic trane
ond if the cor is po*ed on uphill slooeto engoge the ttrst geor. lf the cai isfocing downhill, engoge the reyerse
mission). Neyer reove unsuDervisedchildren in the car-
tf the ignition device is tom-
I
>x:5=
market oper;tion involving steering
svstem or steering column modtltco-iirnl7".".t instolTotion of onti-thef
devic;) t-hot could bodly offect.Per'
formohce ond sofety' couse-th€ loPse
of *orrortY ond dlso result tn no.n-
comoliance of the cor with homolo-
gdti;n reguirements.
It is obsolutery forbidden tocorry out whatever oltet'
INSTRUMENTS
REY. COUNTERfig. l8
Rev counter shows engine rPm'
IMPORTANT The elecrronic -injec(ion
control system gradually shuts ott the flow
.ii""i *i,1" ,tE engine is 'over-rewing'
resulting in a gradual loss of engine Pow-er.
2o o .' rol
n@ta)a
f i8. 18
'-\- I o
zZEz\^=
=Esa3=E
4
When the enqine is idling. the rev counter
may indicatei gradual or sudden hiSher-
ing of the sPeed.
This is normalas it takes Place during nor-
mal operation, for example when acttvat'
ins thl .t i t.t" .on,tol system or che fan
i""pii i i ."rrt a slow change in the speed
Preserves the battery charye'
tor-vat-fan.eed
|IeTreT-
€ (7.f v
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE fig. | 9
This shows the amount of fuel left in thefuel tank.
The reserve warning light A turns on toindicate that approx. 7 to 9 litres of fuelare left in the tank.
Do not travel with the fuel tank almosrempty: the gaps in fuel delivery could dam-age the catalysr.
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE fig. 20
The turning on of rhe warning l ight B In-dicates thar the coolant f luid temperarureis too high: in rhis case. stop rhe engineand contact a Fiat Dealership.
This shows the remperature of the enginecoolant f luid and beqins working when mefluid temperacure exceeds appiox. 50'C.
Under normal conditions, the neeoreshould move to different Dositions of thescale according to the working condirionsand engine cooling conditions.
frd ', I
IMPORTANT lfthe needle sers atthe bor-tom of the scale (low temperature) withwarnint light B on, it means that the sys-tem is malfunctioning. Contact a Fiat Deal-ership to have the system inspected.
lf the needle reqches the redorea, stop the engine immedi-ately ond contact o Fiot Deol-ershiD.
SPEEDOMETER fig. 2 |
It shows the engine speed.
t9
f8 A Er .Q
ToEcl=, '+ef8 A E'Q
ToEe<*,+e
agEE
RECONFIGURABTEMUTTIFUNCTIONDISPTAY(where provided)
The car can be provided with the recon-figurable multifunction display that showsuseful information, according to the Pre-vious settings made, necessary when dri-ving.
'STANDARD" SCREEN fig. 22
The standard screen shows the followingindications:A DateB Odometer (covered km or miles)
C ClockD External temperature
E Headlight aiming position (only withdipped beam headlights on).
Note When opening one of the frontdoors, the display will turn on and showfor a few seconds the clock and the km ormi covered.
=*-go
?-2r'=EE
a=
=
a.z.
ltq zz
CONTROL BUTTONS fig' 23
* To scrollthe displayed menu and therelated options upwards or to increasethe value displayed.
MODE Brief press to open the menuand/orto move to next screenor to confirm the oPtion re-quired.
Long press to go back to thestandard screen.
- To scrollthe displayed menu and therelated options downwards or to de-crease the value disPlayed.
Note Buttons + and - activate differentfunctions accordint to the following situ-ations;
To odjust liEht inside the possengercompaftment- to adiust instrument panel, sound sys"tem and automatic climate control systemdisplay brightness when standard screenis actiYe,
SetuP menu- to scrollthe menu options uPwards anddownwards;
-to increase or decrease values during set-trnts.
,t-00_0@
)rentsttu-
I sys-'5tem:reen
I SETUP MENU fig.24
I The menu comprises a series offunctronsI arranged rn a 'circular fashion" which canI be selecred rhrough burrons + and - roI access the different select operations and
I senings (setup) $ven in rhe following para-
I tnPnsI The setup menu can be activated by press-I ing briefly button MODE, only with theI car turned on (with car off, only the re-
I duced menu can be displayed).
I Single presses on buttons + or- will scroll
I me seruP menu oPtrons.Handling modes differ with each other ac-
j cording to the characteristic ofthe optionselected.
Selecting o menu option- press briefly button MODE to selectthe menu option to set;- press buttons + or - (by single press-es) to select the new setting;- press briefly bufton MODE ro store thenew sefting and to go back to the previ-ously selecred menu option.
Seleaing "Dote" ond "Set Aock":- briefly press button MODE to selectthe flrst value ro chante (e.g. hours /min-utes or year / month / day);- press buttons + or - (by single press-es) to select the ne\M setting;- briefly press bufton MODE to store tnenew sefting and to go to the next setupmenu option, ifthis is the last one you willgo back to the previously selected option oflne maln menu.
Press button MQDE for long
- to quit the setup menu and to save on-l/ the settints stored yet by the user (andconfirmed by pressing briefly burtonMODE).
The setup menu displaying is t imed; whenquirring rhe menu due ro rimint expiry,only serrings stored yer by che user (andconfirmed by pressing brjefly buttonMODE) wil l be saved.
-
>EE;
*F9o
2=3=sEzZ<G
E
vta€
s and
g se[-
NOTE lfthe car is equipped with the Ra-dionavigation System, the only functionsrhat can be adjusted/set rhrough the rn-strument panel display are the following:"Speed limit", "Automatic headlight day-light sensor" (where provided) and "S.B.i{.(Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer reactivarion"(where provided). The other functions aredisplayed by and can be adjusted/setthrough the Radionavigation System dis-Play.
ExamPle:
ExamPle:
ltaliano
Nederland
Polsl(i
-Deutsch -.-- . . ,
tngl lsn\
tsPanol,/
Frangais
-Ponugu€s -
ao'Yeat Month
* ' ; i
eas2-.1
B!?€
5
u2G
SET TIME SET DATE
TR1P B DATA SEE RADIO
SPEED BEEP
EX1T MENUUNITS
LANGUAGE
,+
- . f
+
gm*ql,*mffi
irg.74
' * g:g ' +
l'4onth
-LDE]
i l
\+=--ffiilT
+
I Indication of speed limit exceeded
J (speed beep)
I Wrh rhis function ir is possible to ser meI car speed iimit (km/h or mph): when thisI l imit is exceeded rhe driver is immediate_
I I:!:.^9,{-" *crion'Warning tights and
| _E$dBa '
I to sec rhe speed limic. proceed as follows:
| - briefly press button MODE: (Off) willI
flash on the displa/;
i Lpl"r, button +: (On) wil l f lash on the0rsPtayi
- briefly press button MODE then, usebuttons + oT - to set the required speediduring sefting rhe value wil l f lash).
Note The posslble seming is between 30and 250 km/h, or between 20 and 155 mphdepending on the unit set previousr/ (see"Disrance unir (Disr. Unit,)'' paragrafh de_scnDec tater. tvery press on bumon * /_ in_creases/decreases by 5 unirs. Keeping rhebunon * / - pressed obuins the automalctast increase or decrease. When you arenear the required setting complete adjust_mem Dy stngle Presses.- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storint settings.
To abort the setting, proceed as follows:
- briefly press bunon MODE:1On) wil l
l lash on the display:
- press button -: (Off) willflash on the dis_Play;
- briefly press button MODE to so bacKto the menu screen oT press the'burEonfor long to go bacl< to the standard screenwithout storing seftings.
Automatic headtight daylightsensor (Headl. sensor)(where provided)
Wirh this function it is possible to adjustthe Iight sensor sensirivity accordine ro 3levels l level | = min. level, level 2"= av-erage level,level 3 = max_ level); the high_er the sensitivity is, the lower is the ex_ternal l ighr intensiry required to switch onche lights. The car is delivered with sen_sitivity level "2". To set the lisht level re-quired, proceed as follows: -
- briefly press button MODE, rhe orevr_ously ser level wil l f lash on rhe dispiay;
- press button + or - to select the re-quired leveli
- briefly press button MODE to go backto tne menu screen or press che buttonlor,long ao to back ro the sundard screenwthout storing settings.
Trip B On/Off (Trip B data)
Through rhis oprion it is possible ro acri-vace (On) or deactivate ioff) rhe Trip B(partial trip).
For further information see ,,Trip com-PU[er.
For activation / deacrivation, Droceed asfollows:
- briefly press button MODE: (On) or(Off) willflash on the dispja), (acco;din; roPrevrous settlng);
- press button + or - for settjngi
- briefly press button MODE to go backro the menu screen or press che buttontor.long to go back to the standard screenwrthout storjng settings.
>-n
E=gts
g=-:
=g=
<i;E
EE
*gE=
&e
==e=g€
AB
E
a=
Setting the clock (Set Time)
This function enables to set the clock inthe l2h or 24h.
To set the clock (hours - minutes) pro-ceed as follows:
- briefly press button MODE: "hours"will flash on the disPlay;
- press button + or - for setting;
- briefly press button MODE: "minutes"will flash on the disPlay:
- press button + or - for settinS.
Note Every press on the button + or -increases/decreases by one unit. Keepingthe button pressed obtains automatic fastincrease/decrease. When you are near therequired setting comPlete adiustment bysingle presses.
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or Press the buttonfor longto go back to the standard screenwithout storint settings
To set the clock in l2h or 24h mode, pro-ceed as follows:
- briefly press button MODE: l2h or 24hwill flash on the disPlay (accordint to Pre-Yious sedind;
- press button + or - for setting;
- briefly press button MODE to 80 backto the menu screen or Press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storint settings.
Setting the date (Set Date)
This function enables ro update rhe date(year-month-day).
To correct the date proceed as follows:
- briefly press button MODE: "year" willflash on the disPlay;
- press button + or - for settinS;
- briefly press button MODE: "month"will flash on the disPlaY;
- press button + or - for sefting;
- briefly press button MODE; "day" willflash on the display;
- press button + or - for settint
Note Every press on button * or - in-creases/decreases by I unit. KeePing thebutton pressed obtains automatic fast in-crease or decrease. When you are nearthe required setting complete adjustmentby single presses.
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or Press the buttonfor longto go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
t-
t-ITI t
knn
Audio info repetition (See Radio)
With this function rhe display repeats in-formation relevant to the sound system.
- Radio: selected radio station frequencyor RDS message, automatic tuning acti-Yation or AutoSTore:
-audio CD, MP3 CD: track number;
- CD Changer: CD number and tracknumber;
- Tape: operating mode.
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off)sound system info displaying proceed asfollows:
- briefly press button MODE: (On) or(Off)willllash on the display (according toprevious setting)i
- press button + or - for setting;
- briefly press bunon MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing setrints.
Selecting door unlocking
With thjs function it is possible to decidethe door opening mode by selecting oneof the following options:
- open doors: to unlock all doors, exceptthe tailgate
- open driver's door (op. drv. door): tounlock just the driver's door (where pro-vided)
- open all: to unlock every door includ-ing the tailgate
The car is delivered with rhis funcrion in"Open all" mode.
Proceed as follows:
- briefly press butron MODE, the previ-ous setting will flash on the display;
- press button + or - for sefting;
- briefly press buaon MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buftonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing seftings.
Automatic central door lockingwhen travelling (Autoclose)
When activated (On), this function locksautomatically the doors when the carspeed exceeds 20 km/h.
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) thisfunction proceed as follows:
- briefly press button MODE; On or Offwill flash on the display (according to pre-vrous setltng);
- press button + or - for setting;
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go backto the standard screenwithout storing settings.
Units - "Distances" and"Consumption"
With this function it is possible to set theunis for distance covered (km or mi).
To set the required unit proceed as fol-
- briefly press button MODE: km or miwill flash on the display (according to pre-vrous setflng);
25
- press button + or - for settinS;
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storinS settings.
lfthe distance unit set is km (see Previousparagraph) fuel consumption wil l be dis-
blayeid in km/l or l/ l00km.
lfthe distance unit set is mi (see Previousparagraph) fuel consumption will be dis-played in mpg.
To set the required unit Proceed as lol-lows:
- briefly press button MODE: km/l orl/look; ;ill flash on the display (accord'ing to previous setting);
- press bufton + or - for sefting;
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or Press the buttonfor long to go backto the standard screenwithout storing settings,
Selecting the language (Language)
Display messages can be shown in differ-ent lanquases: ltalian, English, GermanPonugJesi, Spanish, Frerrch. Polish andDutch.
To set the required language proceed asfollows:
- briefly press bunon MODE: the prevr-ously sbi language" will flash on rhe dis-
Pray;- Press bufton + or - for setting;
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or Press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
Setl(Bu:
>-26! le.
E=
zZ3=ea=gg
=&=
sE=E
WitlDUZZindictevel
Tosas fo
- orlousrldispl
-Pn
- britot lfor kwith
e)
ier-
Setting the buzzer volume(Buzzer Volume)
With this function the volume of thebuzzer accompanying any failure/warningindication can be adjusted according to 8levels.
To set the required the volume proceedas follows:
- briefly press butron MODE: the previ-ously set volume "level" wil l f lash on thedisplay;
press bufton + or - for setting;
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the burronfor long to go back to the srandard screenwithout storing seftjngs.
Adiusting the button volume(Button Vol.)
With this function the volume of theroSer-beep accompanying the activationof buttons MODE, + and - can be ad-justed according to 8 levels.
To set the required the volume proceedas follows:
- briefly press burton MODE: the previ-ously set volume "level" wil l f lash on thedisplay;
- Press button + or - for setting;
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storint settings.
Scheduled Servicing (Service)
Through this function it is possible to dis-play information connected to proper carservrcrnS.
To display scheduled servicing info pro-ceed as follows:
- briefly press button MODE: service inkm or mi, according to previous setring.will be displayed (see paragraph "Distanceunit");
- press burton + or - to selecr displayingin days;
- briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu scTeen oT press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.
Note The "Service schedule" includes carmaintenance every 30,000 km (or 18,000mi); this is shown automatically, with theignition key at ON, starting from 2,000 r<m(or 1,240 mi) from this deadline and it isshown a8ain every 200 km (or 124 mi).When a scheduled seTvice intetvar("coupon") is near to come, rurning theignition key to ON, wil l display the mes-sage "Service" followed by the number ofkm to go before car servicint and symbol./. "5ervice" message is displayed in kilo-metres (km) or miles (mi), according tothe setting chosen previously. Contact Fi-
ran,lnd
las
Cis-
acktonten
27
>-gE!:EI
=6=
EE
==E=2e=gE
eEa=
at Dealership to carry out any service oP-eration provided by the "Service sched-ule" or ' 'Annual insPection plan". and toreset the disPlay.
Exit Menu
This is the last function that closes the cir-cular setting cycle listed in the initial menuscreen.
Briefly press button MODE to go backtothe standard screen without storing set-1|ngs.
Press button -to return to the first menuoption (Speed Lim.).
TRIP COMPUTER(where provided)
General features
The "Trip computer" is provided on carsfitted with multifunction display or re-confiqurable multifunction display. The"Trip-computer" displays information(with itnition key at ON), relating to theoperadng status ot the car. lhls tunctloncomprises the 'General trip" concernintthe "complete mission" of the car (jour-ney) and "Trip B", (only available on re-confi qurable multifunction display). con-cerniis the partial mission of the car: thislatter finction (as shown in fig.26) is "con-tained" within the complete mission,
Both functions are resettable (reset - startof new mission),
"General Trip" displays the figures relat-ing to:
- Range
- Trip distance
- Average consumption
- Instant consumption
- Average speed
- Travel time (driving time).
"Trip B" (only available on reconfigurablemultifunction display), displays the figuresrelating to:
- Trip distance B
- Average consumption B
- Average speed B
- Travel time B (driving time).
Note The "Trip B" function can be ex-cluded (see paragraph "Trip B On/Off')"Range" cannot be reset.
eset - staft
ures relat-
I Values displayed
J Ronre
I This value shows rhe distance in rm 1orI mi) that the car can still cover beforeI needing fuel, assumlnt rhar driving condi-| lons are kepr unvaried. The display wil l
I show "--- ' in the following casei:
| - value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)
| - car Ieft parked with engine running forI ronq.
| ,rp ooro,,"
i ttris vatue shows the distance coveredfrom the start of the new mission.Averoge consumption
This value shows the average consump-tion from the start of the n'ew mission.
lnstf,nt consumption
This value shows instant fuel consumption(this value is updated second by secbnd).lf parking the car with engine on,the display will show "---- '.
Averoge speed
This value shows the car averape sDeec asa funcrion ofthe overall time elipsed srncethe staft of the new mission.
Trovel time
This value shows the time elapsed sincethe staft of the new mission-
IMPORTANT Lacking information, Tripcomputer values are djsplayed with "---'t.When normal operating condition is re-set, calculation of different units wil lrestart regularly. Values displayed beforethe failure will not be reset.
TRIP button fi8. 25Button TRIP. set on che rop of the righrsteering column stalk, shall be used (w-irhiSnition key at ON) to display and to re-set the previously described values to starta new mission:- short push to display the different val-ue5- long push to reset and then start a newmtsston.
New missionNew misslon starts after:- "manual" resening by che user. by press-Ing the relevant button;- "auromatic" reseEing. when the "Trip dis-tance" reaches 9999.9 km or when the"Traveltime" reaches 99.59 (99 hours and59 minutes);- after disconnecting/reconnecting theDattery.
'nfiturable:he figures
an be ex-On/Off ').
gE
=z
=3E
=€
IMPORTANT The reset operation in thepresence of the scTeens concernint thei'General Trio" makes it possible to resetalso the "Trip B". The reset operation in
the presence of the screens concernlngonly the "Trip B" makes it Possible to re-ser'onlv the information associated withthis function.
Start of iourney Procedure
With iqnition key at ON. press and keepbufton'TRIP Dressed for over 2 secondsto rese!.
Reset GENERAL TRIPEnd of complete missron
Start of new rnission
>-g
==
=ea-=<45=E
E
-€
Reset GENERAL TRIPEnd of comPlete mission
Start o{ new mission
=6b
TRIP B
GENERAL TRIP
Reset TRIP B
Reset TRIP B
End of panial missionStaft of new
partial mhsionEnd of partial mission
Stan of newpartialmission
Reset TRIP BEnd of panial mhsion
Start of newpanial mission
fig. 26
5EATs
MANUALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS fig. 28
Moving the seat backwardsor forwards
Lift the lever A and push the seat forwarqsor backwards: in the drivrng positjon rhearms should rest on che rim of che steer_iog wheel.
Height adiustment
lYove repeatedly lever B upwards ordownwards to achieve the requjrednerSnL
IMPORTANT Adjustmenr musr be car-ried out only seated in the driver,s sear.
Eack rest angle adiustment
Turn the knob C.
For moximum sofety, keeDthe bock of your siot uf-
right teon bock into it bnd moke surethe reot bert fts closely qcross yourchest ond hips.
Lumbar adiustment(where provided)
To adiust, turn the knob D.
>*G!:
==<6
E
- lever, check thot the seot isfirmly locked in the ru_nners by trying
g6
! :2n
sE$
aE
to move it bdck ond forth. Fqilu;e tolock the seot in ploce could result intne Jeot moying suddenly ond the dri-ver losing control of the cdr.
Once you hove releosed the
t -3G:Z==
9o
=eaz==fr€
e2
=
Tiltins the back rest(whei provided) fig. 29
Move repearedlY lever E uPwards or
downwards to achieve the requlreo Po-sition.
TMPORTANT Adjustmenr must be car-
ried out only seated in the driver's seat'
Seat warming fig. 30
With ignition key at ON, press-bunon F
io t*ii.tt itt",""1*"rmingon/off .The ledon the bufton will light uP when the lunc-tlon ls on.
Front passenger's seat "table"tilting iwhere Provided) fig' 3 |
To tilt the seag lift lever A and fold the
back rest at the same ttme'
To reset it !o normal position, operate
1"i", e "nd
at the same time raise the
back rest until hearinS the couPling/lock-ins click
Storing the driver's seat positions
Jh: s),:r.em allows to srore and recarr(onry wrth rgnidon key ar ON) rhree dif_rerent driver s seat and door mirror po_stflons_
Proceed as follows:
0 adjust the driver's seat and door mrr_ror poSttlons;
D press for abour 3 seconds one of rhebunons D (..1 ,, ,
..2" or .. j,.), corre_
spondtng to each of the stored Dosr_lons unril hearing che confirmirronoeep.
j:1.:L:::y position (seat and mirror)w t automarically clear rhe one storedprevrousty using the same button.IMPORTANT The lumbar adjustment andtne,seat warming function ire not con_rro ed by rhe seat position sroring system.
Recalling stored positionsProceed as follows:
D turn the ignition key to ON;o
P.Iltt tby prtr") uucon D ( t",..2 orr) .
Ille::il-lwill move auromatica y. onry ifme position to be reached is differenrlrom the current one and the car sDeed isrower than l0 km/h.
Sear moving is possible wirhin I minute at_rer removint the key from the ignitionswtrch or wtrhin three minures afteiopen_Ing tne doors.
Should engine be started during the re_ca tng phase, seat moving wil l-be Lem_porarrty sropped.
IMPORTANT pressing any of rhe D bur_rons.ouflnt the recall ing suge. causes rm-meotate_stop of the function being oer_lormed ('andpanjc" mode).
Seat warming (where provided)
y-s;_;olrrol C to switch sear warminton/on.5ear-warming can be adjusced ac_::f: ' l t .o
tguf differenr tevets:01off1, r1mrn. warming). 2 (average wa.minsi, 31max. warming).
3=
eo-
E€Es€EtheccK-
,t*t5i,Tl:i it t o Dr u srA B L E
(where provided) fig. 32
fdjustmell p possible when rhe iqnrdonke/ is ar ON or wjrhin I minrte fiir, io-nrtron key ar OFF or removed, or fo'rmree mrnuces after opening the doors.
f'loving the seat backwards orrorwards and seat heightaorustment
use control A.
Back rest angle adiustment
Use control B.
Heighr adiustment
Use conrrol A ro adiust rhe height of rheront or rear parr of the seal -
L 34
>n5!4E-
X=
C?Ez5=
=Ee
=frE
aE
REAR SEATS
Releasing the back rest f ig. 33
D lift lever A or B to release resPectivel)'the left or the rieht section ofthe backrest and guide i i onto the cushion.
Qnly make ddiustmentswhen the car is stqtionorY.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
FRONT fig. 34
Head restraints are adjustable in heightand they lock automatically in the requiredPOSrtlon.
il to raise: raise the head restraint untilhearing the locking click.
D to lower; press button A and lowerthe head restraint.
REAR fig. 35
Rear seats are fitted with three head re-straints.
To lift out rear head restraints: Press atthe same time buttons B set on both sidesand take them out from the seac back.
IMPORTANT Rear seat passengers shallalways set the head restraints in the Po-sition of use.
Remember thdt the heod re-stroints should be odiusted
to suwort the bock of lour head ondnot iour neck OnlY in this Positiondo they exert their Protective dction'
=7
ilillM)L,'M[zN\N\,.]\\\ \,\_}\\\
Al'll' \,1
;eOd rc-ljustedad ondoritionoction.
STEERING WHEETThe driver can adjust the steering wheelposition both axially and in height.
Proceed as follows fig. 36:
O release the lever pushing it forwards(position l);
D adjust the steering wheel as required;
C lock the lever pull ing it towards thesteerint wheel (position 2).
> ;.i
ta
z3=g=.=<6
=
Any odiustment ofthe steer-
- ingwheel position must be
canied out only with the cor stotion-ory ond the engine tumed off.
h is obsolutely forbidden tocoffy out whoteYer ofter-
market oPeration involving steeringsystem or steering column modifica-tions (e,9.: instollation of anti-theftdevice) thot could bodty offect Per.formonce and safety, couse the lopseof waffanty and olso result in non-comptiance of the cdr with homolo-Sdtion requirements.
a€
REARVIEW MIRRORS
DRIVING MIRROR fig. 37
The mirror is fitted with a safety devicethat causes it to be released in the eventof a violent crash.
It can be moved using the lever A to twodifferent positions: normal or antiglare'
ELECTRO-CHROMIC DRIVINGMIRROR fig. 38
Ceruin versions are fifted with automat-ic antislare electro-chromic mirror. Theelectr6-chromic function is turned on/offbv oressins bunon ON/OFF in the low-ei iection-of the mirror' When this func-tion is on, the mirror led wil l turn on'When engaging reverse, the mirror will al-
ways set to dayliSht colouring.
al to adjust the mirror move the swltcnC in the four directions;
Adiust mirrors with car stationary andhandbrake on. Mirror defrosting starts au-tomatically when switching the heatedrear window on.
Storing the "parking" Position of
the door mirror on the Passengerside
To improve visibil i ty during parking ma-noeuvres when engaginS the reverse 8ear,the driver can adjul/hove (and store)theoassenger door mirror to a posirion dif-ierent irom that used during normal run-ning.
1Pt
?-s6!4t t
PE
lc'1
n
==z==saB
e
4
DOOR MIRRORS fig. 39
Electrical adiustment
This operation is only possible with igni-tion key at ON.
Proceed as follows:
O use switch B to select the mirror re-quired (left or right);
i tch
To store the required mirror positionproceed as follows:
O engage reverse with car stopped andignition key to ON;
O turn selector B (to select the passen-ger door mirror);
0 use selector C to adjust the passengerdoor mirror as required to obuin besrposition for parking manoeuvres;
D keep one of the seat storing/recallingbuttons pressed for 3 seconds at least;
Togetherwith the passenger door mirror"parkint" position, also the driver seat anddoor mirror positions wil l be stored.
The sound of a buzzer confirms that themirror position has been stored.
Recall ing the "parking" position ofthe passenger door mirror
To recall automatically the 'parking po-sit ion of the passenter door mirror. pro-ceed as follows:
D engage reverse with car stopped anditnition key to ON;
O turn selector B to select the passen-ger door mirror; the mirror wil l setautomatically to the previously storedPOSrtrOn.
lf no parking posirion has been stored.when engaging reverse the passenger doormirror wil l sl ightly lower to aid che dri-ver during parking.
The mirror wil l automatically return to irsoriginal position in che following cases:
D l0 seconds after disengaging reverse:
O when the car speed exceeds l0 km/hin forward gear ;
-J
when turning selector B to neutral po-sit ion or to driver mirror position.
IMPORTANT "Parkint" position can on-ly be stored or recalled wirh ignirion keyat oN.
Automatic door mirrorrealignment
Each cime the ignirion key is rurned toON, door mirrors return automatically rothe last position set and/or recalled at lastremoval of the electronic key.
This enables mirror alignment if whenleaving the car parked one of the doormirrors has been moved manually and/oraccidentally.and
au-ted
ma-eaT,thedif-'un-
37
When driving the mirrorsshall olwoys be in Position A.
As the drive/s door mirror iscurve4 it slightl), olters the
percePtion of disaance.AF
cesz'^=
=E=
Manual folding fig. 40
When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)it is Dossible to fold the mirrors movingit from position A to position B.
Powered folding(where provided) fig. 4 |
When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)it is possible to fold the mirrors by press-ing button C.
To reset mirrors to driving Position, Pressbutton C again.<5
aE
HEATING/CIIMATE CONTROT SYSTEM
o
I Fixed side vents - 2 Adjustable side outlets - 3 Fixed upper vent - 4 Fixed central vent- 5 Central swivel ventt-6Lovr'ervents-/ LoweT vents tor rear seats - I Adiustable vents for rear seats.
de
U:E=g6
>-sEI
==i
==i
=E€
==
g<t
==sEEE
r -nG!ltb
=
CENTRAL VENTS fig. 43
A = Air flow adjusting control
O = completely closed
O = completely open
B = Control for directing air flow.
SIDE VENTS fig. 44
C = Air flow adiusting control
O = completely closed
O = completely open
D = Control for directing air flow
REAR VENTS fig. 45
E = Air flow adiusting control
O = completely closed
O = completely open
F = Control for directint air flow.
e=
n)
MANUAT CTIMATECONTROT SYSTEM
CONTROLS fig. 46
A: air distribution knob;
B: compressor on/off button;
C: air remperarure knob lmixing warmand cold air):
D: MAX-DEF function button (frontwindow fasr defrosring/demiscing):
E: air flow control knob;
F: heated rear window on/off button;
G: air recirculation on/off button.
;3
fiE 46
CLIMATIC COMFORT
Knob A directs the air inside the passen-ger comparrment according to five levels:
o7 to warm the feer and keep the facecool ("bilevel" function);
e/ air flow from central vents and stoeoutlets;
P to demist and defrost the windscreenand side front windows;
oP to warm the passenter compaftmentand atthe same time demistthe wind-screen;
o/ to speed up passenger compartmentwarming.
6e
E=gB
==€sgEGt!
€
r 1 3
4
E!:ka
WARMING THE PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
Proceed as follows:
O turn knob C (pointer on red sector)
comPletely to the riSht;
O turn knob E to the required sPeedi
D move knob A to;
l2- to warm the feet and at the same
time demist the windscreen;
o7 to warm the feet and convey cooler-'
"n f..t central vents and dashboard
outlets;
+/ for quick warmrng'
QUICKWARMING
Proceed as follows:
D close all dashboard vents;
O turn knob C to red sectori
D press button G;
D turn knob E to the required fun speed:
D turn knob A to ol'
WINDSCREEN AND FRONT
SIDE WINDOW FAST
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING(MAX-DEF function)
Proceed as follows;
fl turn knob C (pointer on red sector)
completely to the right;
O turn the MAX-DEF function on b)*
pi"*ing uu"on D (button led on):
Pressing this button will automadcally acti'
vate th; following funciions:
i air distribution to windscreen and side
ven!5;
D fan activation at max sPeed;
D comPressor activation (button led on)l
3 automatic air recirculation (button leo
off if Previously on,:
Aft er demisting/defrosting, Press button
ij ." .*" it ""MX-DEF
function off
Use common control buftons to restore
the required comfort
X*
eza=*=#=82
art
5
a=
I t2
ITI-I
Window demisting
I In rhe evenr of considerable outside mois-I tufe and/or rain and/or considerable dif-I ferences in temperature inside and out-I srde the passenger companment perform
I the following prevenrive demisring proce-
I oure;' l rurn air recirculation off by pressjng
button G (button led off); '
D turn knob C to red sector;
O turn knob E to 2;
D turn knob A to P, or to P'the win-dows do not demist.
IMPORTANT Climate control system rsvery useful to speed up window demist-ing: therefore, jusc perform demisrinA aspreviously described and rurn rhe climatecontrol system on by pressing button B.
HEATED REAR WINDOW ANDDOOR MIRROR DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
Press button F to staft this function.
This function is timed and switches ofl au-tomatically after 30 minutes. To cut outthis function press again button t/.
l l '4PORTANT Do not apply srickers onthe inside of the rear window over theheating fi laments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.
FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
To ventilate the passenger's compartmentproperly, proceed as follows:
A open completely central vents and sideoutlets;
3 turn knob C to the blue sector;
D turn knob E to the required speed;
curn air recirculation off by pressinAbutton G (button led off);
turn knob A to 7..
RECIRCULATION
Turn this function on by pressing butr.onG (button led on).
This function is particularly useful whenthe outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf-fic jam, tunnel, etc.). However, it is bet-ter not ro use rt for long periods. espe-cially if there are several people in the carto prevent window misting.
l l ' lPORTANT The inside air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach the re-quired "hearing" or "cooling" condirionsfaster. Do nor use the air recirculatiorlfunction on rainy/cold days as it wouldconsiderably increase the possibil iry ofthewindows mistjng inside.
lsector)
)n on by0 on);
:ally acti-
and side
r led on);
Jtton lec
s button:tion off.
) res[ore
>-n
!?=Y, '
FEE
a6
vEaE
J
a
>-g5! lta
CLIMATE CONTRoL (cooling)
Proceed as follows:
D turn knob C to the blue sector;
f l turn knob E to the required sPeed;
Cl turn knob A to ql;
O turn air recircutation on by pressing
button G (bufion led on);
D press button B to turn climate control
comPressor on.
Cooling adiustment
Proceed as follows:
D turn air recirculation off by Pressingbufton G (button led ott);
D turn knob C to the ritht to raise tem-
Perature;
D turn knob E to the left to reduce the
fan sPeed.
LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM
Duringwinter, the climate control system
must 6e turned on at least once a montn
for about l0 minutes' Before-summer'il"" ift" ,tt"t checked at a Fiar Deal-
ersnlD.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM(where Provided)
GENERAL
The car is fitted with a two-zone climate
conrol system which makes it posstbte to
seoarateiy adiust the air temPerature on
itr! a.iu"'r't jide and on the Passenger'stia-"]"tp"..,ut" .ontrol is based on thei"-o-uiuii"l. a".pur"ture" logic' ie: the
svsiem continuously works to keeP con'
siant the comfort inside the Passengercompaftment and to comPensate. any van'
arion of the ouside climate condltlons' In'
cludinq sunshine detected by a ProPer sen'
sor p6vided for the PurPose'
The svstem is also fitted with AQS (Air
Ouali iv Svstem) sensor that turns.on alr
.icirculation automadcally when it detects
it "
o*i"n." ot ouoide polluted air (for
exariple when driving in the city' queues
and tunnels).
E=
=V*=EE
=E=
==
=
L
mate)le tore onrger's)n the. ; thercon-enSer/ vari-ns, in-r sen-
S (Airon airetecIsir (forueues
The climate confiol system automaticalb/controls and adiusts rhe following para-meters an0 tunctronsi
0 air temperature at drjver/front pas-senSeryrear Passenger vents;
D ajr distribution at driver/front passen-8er ven$;
O 6n speed (continuous air flow varia-0on);
D compressor activation (to cool/dehu-midify air);
O air recirculation.
All the above functions can be changedmanually by selecring rhe required func-tion/s and by changing the set parameters.In this way the aulomatic control is oe-activated; the system will resume auto-matic control only for safety reasons (e.g.risk of window misting up).
Manual selections prevail over automaticones and remain in storage until the userdecides to resume autoriatic control bypressing the proper button, except whenthe system cuts in for particular safetyconot ons.
The control offunctions not changed man-ually remains automatic.
The amount of air admitted to the pas-senSer compartment does not depend onthe car speed, since it is electronically con-trolled by the fan.
The temperature of rhe air admitted tothe passenger compartment is always con-trolled automatically accordingto the tem-peratures set on the driver's and fron[passenger s display (except when rhe sys-tem rs ott or under certain conditionswhen the compressor is off).
The.following parameters and functionscan be set or changed manually:
fl air temp€ratures on driver/front pas-senger stde;
D fan speed (continuous variation);
O air distribution on seven levels (dri-ver/front passenger side);
D climate control compressor on/ofi
O monozone/wo-zone distribution pri-ofl!y;
D fast demisting/defrosting;
D air recirculation;
D rear heated window.
=q3=
Se
E=g€
==agEE
a3€
=€
I
II
t
2-sE: '€e
CONTROLS
A: air recirculation and AQS function
on/off button
B: air distribution button on driver side
C: button for selecting the system auto--
tJi moa" AUT-O on driver side
D; display showing climate control system
data
E: button for selectint the system auto-
matii mode AUTd on Passenger side
F: air distribution button on PassengerStde
G: knob for adiusting temPerature on
passenger side
H: rear window heating on/off button
l: button for activating the MONO
function (aliSnment of set tempera-
tures)
L: climate control compressor on/off
button
M/N: buttons for adiusting fan sPeed
O: MAX'DEF function buuon. (front
window fasr defrostinS/demlstrnt
P: knob for adjusting temPenture on dri-
ver side
fig. 47
SWITCHING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM ON
The sysrem can be snrted in different
ways, but it is advisable to press one ol tne
AUTo buttons and then to turn.tne
Lnobtio t"t ttt" a"tperatures required
on the disPlay.
Since the system controls wo zone of the
iirt"nt"tt" .otp""ment. the driv-er and'th" ftoint pat."ng". can select ditterent
temPeratures.
This way the system will start workint
iorof", '"fv auiomatically to reach the
.omion temperatures as quickly as Pos-sible. The sysrcm will set air temPeratureouantity and distribution and lt wll l con'
trol the air recirculation function and the
activation of conditioner comPressor'
==a=EE
=E=
v=
€
Iei -
l -
During fully automatic operarion, rhe on-ly manual settings required are the fol-lowing:
0 MONO, to align the air temperatureand distribution ser on the passenger'sside (front or rear) wirh thar on rhedriver's side;
| €, air recirculation, to keep it al-wa/s on or off;
D @, to speed up demisring/defrosrrngof windscreen. front side windows,rear window and door mirrors;
"l @, to demist/defrosr heared rear window and door mirrors.
During full automatic system operation,you can chante at any time set tempera-tures, air distribution and fan speed by us-int the relevant buttons or knobs:the sys-tem will automatically change its settingsco adjusr ro the new requirements. Dur-ing FULL AUTO operarion. changing airdistribution and/or f low and/or compres-sor activation and/or air recirculation yr' i l lmake the FULL wording disappear. In thisway functions wil l pass from automariccontrol to manual control unril pressingagain the AUTO button. Fan speed is thesame for every area ofthe passenger com-panment.
With one or more functions engaged man-ually, the adjustment of the temperatureofthe air admitted to the passenger com-partment continues to be controlled au-tomatically by the system, except with theclimate control compressor off; under thiscondition in fact, the temperature of theair admitted to the passenger compart-ment cannor be lower than outside air!emPeratuTe.
CONTROLS
Air temperature adiustingknobs P-G
Turning the knobs clockwise oT counter-clockwise, respectively highers or lowersthe temperature of the air required re-spectively in the front left zone (knob P)or in the right zone (knob G) of the pas-senSer comPartment.
Since the system controls two zones ofthe passenger compartmenr. it is possi-ble to personalise required temperatures(driver and passenger).
The temperatures set are shown on thedisplays near the relevant knobs.
Pressing button | (MONO )automatical-ly aligns the temperature on the passen-ger's side with that on the driver's side;/ou can therefore set the same tempera-ture for both zones by turning knob P ondriver side.
Separate operation of air temperaturesand distribution is resrored by turningknobs or pressing again button I(MONO) when the button led is on.
e
a
€
47
>-sG!lE=
go
==s=EE
=3=
=€
Turning the knobs fully clockwise orcounter-clockwise untilthey reach the ex-treme selections Hl or LO, the maximumheating or cooling functions are resPec-tively enSaged:
fl Hl function (highest heating Power):
this is turned on by rotating the temper-ature knob clockwise and Passing the max.temperature value (32"C). lt can be acti-vated independently from driver or frontpassenger'side or'both (also when theMONO function is selected).
When this function is on, the disprayshows Hl.
This function can be engaged when re-quiring to heat the Passenger comPart-ment is quickly as possible, exploiting themaximum poiential of the system. Thisfunction uses the maximum temPeratureof the coolant fluid, while air distributionand fan speed are controlled accordint tothe system seftings.
More particularly, max. fan speed will notbe immediately engaged if coolant is nothot enough; this to Prevent admittinS airthat is notwarm enouSh to the PassengercomPartmenL
All manual settings are Possible with thisfunction on.
To switch the function off, simply turn theknob counter-clockwise and set the re-quired temperature.
3 LO function (highest cooling power);
this is turned on by rotating the temPer-ature knob counter-clockwise and passingthe min. temperature value (16"C). lt canbe actiyated independently from driver orfron! passenter side or both (also whenthe MONO function is selected).
When this function is on, the disPlayshows LO.
This function can be engaged when re'quiring to cool the Passenger comPart-ment as quickly as possible, exPloitint themaximum potential of the system. Thisfunction activates automatically:
fl MONO function;
O air distribution at central / side vents(shown by the relevant symbol on thedisplay);
O fan at max. speed;
3 climate control comPressor'
All manual seftinSs are Possible with thisfunction on.
To switch the function off, simPlyturn theknob clockwise and set the required tem-
Penrture.
Front air distribution buttons B-F
Pressine these buttons it is possible tochoose-manually one of the seven possi'ble air distributions to the Passenger com'
Partment (right or left side):
A Air flow to the windscreen and frontside window vents to demist or de'frost them.
board vents to ventilate th€ chesland the face during the hot season
V Air flow towards the front and reatlower parts of the passenger compartment. Due to the natural tendency of heat to spread uPwardsthis type ofdistribution allows heating of the passenger comPartmenin the shortest time, also tiving ipromPt feeling of warmth.
!tv vents to the lower part ol tne Pas
senSer comPartment (warmest aitand the dashboard centre and sidoutlets (coolest air). This air flordistribution is particularly useful ispring and autumn when the sunshining.
S B-F
sible ton Possi-er com-
nd frontt or de-
e dash-e cnestseason.
nd rearT COm-'al ten-wards,'s heat-ltmentivint a
€n there Pas-)st air)d side
eful insun is
" , .y )PrlEInt OI me arr TlOw Oetween lnewindscreen and side windowdemisting/defrosting vents and thelower part of the passenger com-partment. This type of air distrib-ution allows satisfactory heating ofthe passenger compartment whilepreventing possible mistjng of the
|; Combrned splirt ing,of the air f low
r Detween tne wrnoscreen vents.cenrral/srde outlets and venrs aLthe lower parc of the passengercompartment (feet area). This airf low distribution enables to keepgood overall comfort conditions insummeT.
A Splitrinq of rhe air f low between) rhe win-dscreen vents, central/side
outlets on the dashboard. This airf low distribution enables to obtainsatisfactory coolint of the passen-ger's compartment and to keep therequired coolit condirion in sum-mer.
l= . iv . izt .. 'rr, El-rt| +l-rt| >l-rt|
ttg
lrY-.prY 7fig. 48
Air distribution is selected through but-tons B and F in "roll ing" mode, accordingto the sequence shown in the following di-agram fig. 48.The type of air distribution selected isshown by lighting up ofthe relevant sym-bols on the display.To restore automatic air distribution con-trol after a manual selection, press buttonAUTO.
In FULL AUTO mode, pressing the dis-tribution buttons B or F for the first time,will display the current status selected bythe svstem. lt is then oossible to select in"rolling" mode the type of distribution re-quired by pressing buttons B or F again.When the driver selects air distributionto the windscreen. also the air distribu-tion on passenger side wil l be distributedto the windscreen. The passenger canhowever select the required air distribu-tion by pressing the relevant buttons.
>*6!?
;E
PEg6
Ees=EE=B
E
=€
>-sa?
EEgo
zea-=23=gg
=6
€
a.=
Fan speed adlusting buttons M/N
Press buttons S+ or S- to increase orto decrease the fan speed and thereforethe amount of air admitted into the Pas-senger comPammenl.
The fan speed is shown by the lit bars onthe display
D max fan speed = all bars l it
3 min fan speed = one bar lit.
The fan can be cut off only if the cli-mate control compressor has beenswitched off pressing button B.
IMPORTANT To restore automaticfan sDeed control after a manual ad'justmeng press button AUTO.
Pressing again button iF- after min fanspeed will turn the system off.
The display wil l show OFF and the air re-circulation condition fig. 49.
[jr,r]\rrro l
L$ + _.1
'!t,.r
i4 l
fig. 49
AUTO buttons(automatic operation) C-E
Pressing the AUTO button (on driverand/or front passenger side) the systemautomatically adiusts the amount and dis-tribution of the air admitted to the pas-senger compartment, cancell ing all theprevious manual adiustments.
This condition is indicated by the messageFULL AUTO on the front system dis-
Pray.
l'4anual operation ofat least one aurcmaricfunction (air recirculation, air distribution.fan soeed or climate control compressoroff) will cause FULL message going offthedisplay. This means that automatic controlis not complete (except temPerature con-trol which is always automatic).
IMPORTANT Should the svstem (afts Imanual settings) be no longer able to Suar' oantee the requjred temPerature set in tlx llpassenSer comPartment, the set temPen "iure va-lue will itan flashing to indicat! thir c
condition, after one minute the AUT0 "message will turn off. t
To restore system automatic control alanv time. after one or more manual adiustments, press button AUTO. t
MONO button(to align set temperaturesand air distribution) |
Pressing button MONO automatical,l I
aligns the temperature on the Passenger 'side with that on the driver side, it is there Ifore possible to set the same temperaturl Iand air distribution between the tlvo zonet ,by turning che knob on driver side. Thir ,function is provided to simPliry temPerature adiustment of the whole passenge'comoartment when only the driver is onboard. Separate operation of set temPer'ature and air distribution is restored b)rurning knob P or G (to set [emPerarurton front passenger side) or b)'Pressintagain bunon MONO, when rhe wordingiishown on the display.
(after) guar-in the
nPera-te thisUTO
Air recirculation and AQS functionon/off button A
l{rhe AQS sensor is nor fitted, air recrr-cr.rlation works according to rhe followingoPerasng rogtcs:
1 forced switchrng on (inside air recir-culatjon always on), indicated by syrrr-bolG on rhe display:
D forced switching off (air recirculationalways off with air inler from the our-side), indicated by symbol ?9 on thedisplay.
The above operating conditions are ob-ailed by pressing in sequence the air re-circularion butron A.
Due to safety reasons, after long recircu-iation activation (over 25 minutes), tnes/stem w'll deactivare automaticajly ;ir re-circulation for 60 seconds to enable out-side air inlet.
l l ' lPORTANT The inside air recirculations/stem makes it possible to reach the re-quired heating or cooling condidons faster.
It is inodvisoble to use the ir-
the presence of polluted air, for examplewhen driving in rhe city, queues and tun-nels.
With compressor on, in order to preventpolluted air (exhaust gas) inlet ar stops, thesystem will stop air recjrculation when thecar speed falls below 6 km/h. As the carspeed increases (over 25 km/h). rhe sys-tem will restore the previous automaticoperating conditions.
In automacic operarion. AQS is deacti-vated when outside temperature is betow3'C, the system will activate air recircu-lation (indicated by symbol d-' on thedisplay). The user can however set it man-ually by operatint in roll ing mode rhe reir-culacion button: pressing rhe button forrhe firsr t ime wrll display the cuTrenr re-circularion condirion, indicared by symbol)<
It will be reactivated automatically if out-side temperature becomes higher than 5'c.Press the button again to select the re-quired recirculation condition, indicatedby the corresponding symbol on the ors-play. Under these conditions manual ac-tivation of the AQS function could causewindow misting up.
When air recirculation js set manually,wording FULL wil l turn off and A wil l dii-appear from the recirculation symbol onthe display.
- side oir recirculotion func-tion with low outside temberat;re oswindows may mist over quickly,
It is however inadvisable to use it onrainy/coid days as it would considerably in-crease rhe possibiliry of rhe windows misr-ing inside, especially if the climate controlsystem is off.
When outside temperature is below 3'C,recirculacion is forced ro off (ourside airinlet) to prevent window misting up.
It wjll be reactivated automatically lf out-side remperarure becomes hieher than 5'c.The AQS sensor (Air Qualiq/ System) inaddition co rhe above operating logics, en-ables ro control recirculation automati-cally according to rhe quality ofoutside air:
O automatic control indicated by symbol6' on the display.
In this evenr che display wil l show symboll( or f,' accorciing to acrual rdcircu-lation operating conditions (on or off).
In automatic operation with AQS, insideair recircularion is turned on aucomadcal-ly when the antipollution sensor detecrs
:rol attat ao-
E:J
9'=z:
sYFi
<; i
t icallyenSerthere-'a[uTezones, ThisrPera-enteris on-rPer-e0 oy?ture3ssjng)rding
5l
>-s=: lEA
*=
=Vg=E2
=Ez
v==E
Climate control compressor on/off
button L
Pressinq button * when rhe symbol is dis-
ri"*l "*irla"".,iu.re the climate control
,"rt"t aotPa"trot". Pressing the bufton
when the symbol is nor disPlayed wrll re-
sume automatic control ofcompressor ac-
i:""tion'if ii ."nai.lon is indicated by the
relevant sYmbol on the disPlay'
When turninq the compressor off' the sys-
tem will deaciivate air recirculadon to Pre-vent window misdng uP Althouth the sys-
rem is able to keeP the required.temPer-ature. the wording FULL wil l dtsaPPear
from the display lf the system is no longer
able ro keep the required temPerature'
temDeTature value will flash and fie worc-
i"'n iuio *irr ait"ppear from the display
tl lpOnfnNf Wi.n the climate control
comDressor off. it is not Possible to admlt
"i. tb ah" p"tt"ng". comPanment with a
temoerature below the outside temPera-
tuTei moreover. under ceftain envtron-
mental conditions. windows could,mist uP
fastlv since air is not dehumloll leo
The switching off of the climate control
compressor remains in storage even wnen
the engine has been stoPPeo'
To restore automatic control for switch-
ine on the climate control comPres.sor'
ii?ti "g"i" u""- * or press button AU'
TO.With climate control comPressor off if
ourside temperature is hiSher than the set
one the system will not be able to keep
rhe recuiied condition' rhe temperature
value will then surt to flash on the-dlsPlay
ior . i"*1"ionat and wording AUTowill then go oft
With climate control compressor off' the
fan soeed can be set to zero manuatty'
Wittr compressor on and engine runnlng'
the fan speed cannot be lower that one
bar on the disPlay.
Compressor wil l be disabled.automatical-lv with ou$ide temperature below - I \-'
iiio"i *ii.onoitioh tymbol* on the dis-play will flash for l0 seconds and then 8o
off.
It wil l be re-enabled automatically with
iu.ri i" i"tp".",ur," higher than + l"C'
Fastwindowdemisting/defrosting Wbutton o tic
Press this bunon: the climate conrol sF I
tem will automatically switch on all I
functions required for Fast windscreen a'x \Afront side window demistint/detroslr& ti(tna! ls: Sil
fl switches on climate controlcomprel s!
sor when climatic conditions are sul - '
aDre; Vl
O air recirculation on t,
0 maximum air temPerature (Hl) ol ar
both areas; er
D activates proper fan sPeed accordi4 P"
to "nsin"toot"nt
temperature to lim 6it thJflow into the Passenger conr opartment of air not rilarm enough tt 11
lemist the windows; fr
3 directs air f low to windscreen ani Ifront side windows vents;
ll turns heated rear window on
IMPORTANT Fast demisting/defrostirlfunction stays on for about J mlnule!
tini" "nginu
ioot"na t"mPerature exceedj
s0"c.
I 52
ng
lsys-I tnel anqitin8,
suit-
)on
When the max. demisting/defrosting func-tion is on, the button led and the heatedrear window button led are on. FULLAUTO wording on the display is off.
When the max. demisting/defrosting func-tion is on, the only manual operations pos-sible are manual adjustment of the fanspeed and switching heated rear windowolt.
With max. demisting/defrosting functionon. the fan works according to the previ-ously set air distribution in order to guar-anlee top climatic comfort under what-ever condition.
Pressing the max. demisting/defrostingbutton or the air distribution buttons oroperatingthe temperature knobs, the sys-tem switches off the max. demisting/de-frosting function and restores the op-erat-ingconditions ofthe system prior to func-tion activation.
Heated rear window and doormirror demisting/defrostingbutton H
Press this button to activate heated rearwindow demisting/defrosting. When thisfunction is on, rhe button led is on.
This function is timed and switches offau-tomatically after about 20 minutes or bypressint atain the butron or by turning theengine off. lt will not be switched on au-tomatically when restarting the engine.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the rear window over tneheating filaments to avoid damage thatmitht cause it to stop working properly.
ADDITIONAL HEATER(Multijet versions)
This device enables quick warming up ofthe passenger's compartment in cold en-vironmental conditions.
The additional heater wil l switch on au-tomarically after turning the ignition ke/to ON.
IMPORTANT The additional heaterworks only with outside temperature be-low 12"C, engine coolant temperature be-low 50"C and car bartery voltage overt0.25 v.IMPORTANT Do not park the car overflammable mate^rial ,such as paper. drySTaSS Or teaves: nre dangeT.
>-g
;3
gEgB
ceEsgEa3
E
E
"dingr l tm-
:om-lh to
and
Eg
EXTERNAT TIGHTS
The left-hand stalk controls the externall ights and the direction indicators.
The exrernal l iqhts can only be switchedon when the ignition key is at ON
LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF fig. 50
Knurled ring at O.
=*
c=€=23=EE
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTSfig.52
Turn the knurled ringtoTD.
The warning light;00i on che instrume"panel will turn on.
a5tz
=€
SIDELIGHTS fi9. 5 |
Turn the knurled ring to .Q.
The warning Iight;00i on the instrumentpanel wil l turn on.
.G9 o€+
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 53
When the knurled ring is at ZD, pull thelevertowards rhe steering wheel (2nd un-stable position).
The warning light =D on the instrumenrpanelwil l turn on.
To turn the main beams off, pull again thelever towards the steering wheel (dippedbeams will turn on again).
FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTSfrg. 54
Pull the lever towards the steering wheel(lst unstable position) regardless of thepositiorr of the knurled ring. The warninglight =L) on rhe instrument panel wil l turnon.
DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 55
Push the lever to (stable) position:
D up (position l): to turn the ritht-handdirection indicator on;
-l
down (position 2): to turn the left-hand direction indicator on.
Warning l ight € or I wil l come on flash-ing on the instrument panel.
Indicators are switched off automaticallywhen the steering wheel is straightened.
lfyou want the indicator to flash briefly toshow that you are about to change lane,move the stalk up or down without click-ing into position (unstable position). Whenreleased, the stalk wil l return to its homePOsrflon.
>-r[ ; ! l*a
€es=eeFg=
<45
vEaE
w
| -$E!22e
..FOLLOW ME HOME" DEVICE
This function allows the illumination ofthespace in front of the car for a preset pe-
riod of t ime.
Activation fig. 56
With the ignition key at OFF or removed,oull the silk rowards the sreering wheelind operate it within 2 minutes from whenthe engine is turned off.
At each single movement of the sralk rhe
snying on 5f the l ights is exten^ded by 30seconis uD to a maximum of 210 seconds:then the lights are switched off automati-cary.
Each time the stalk is oPerated, the:00-:warning l ight turns on together with themessaSe on the disPlay (see .sectron''Warn-ing l ights and messages ) Thewarning l ight wil l come on [he tlrst t lmeche stalk is oDerated and it will stay on un-til the function is automatically deactivat-ed. Each sinqle movement ofthe stalk willonly extend- the staying on of the lights'
Deactivation
Keep the stalk Pulled towards the steer-ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.
AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTSSENSOR (daYlight sensor)(where provided)
It detects the changes ofthe external lightintensity of the car according to the lightsensitivity sel lhe Sreater the sensirivityis. the smaller the amount of external l iShtnecessary to control the switchinS-on ofthe external headlights will be. The day-lieht sensor sensitivity can be adjusted bytFe "Set-up menu" of the display'
Activation lig. 57
Turn the knurled ring to l& in this way,the automatic activation of the side/tail'l ish$ and dipped beam headlighrs is s'miuluneously enabled according co the external luminosity.
Deactivation
As a result of the sensor control, thtdiDDed beam headliShts will swirch offanoafier about l0 seconds, sideliShts w'switch off too.
The sensor is not able to detect the fogpresence, l ights shall therefore be
iwitched on manuallY.
wlwlThi
OI
Thtferr
A:
B:
KnrsP(
C:
D:E:
HE
=va=qe
E
=.E
,'-'.'t'. "r iJ4
- t , r@t<-'
t l
i i@-Jl-
-
i - . ,i -_, ,o
t lI
.z t t , -
WINDOW WASHING
WINDSCREEN WASHERYWIPER
Thjs device can only work when the igni-tion key is at ON.
The right stalk can be moved to five dif-ferent positions fig. 58:
A: windscreen wiper off
B: flick wipe.
With the stalk in position B, turning theknurled ring F four possible intermittenttnaad< rre nhtr inpd
Q = very slow intermittent
- = slow intermittent
- = intermittent medium
C; continuous slow;
D: continuous hst;
E fast temporary (unstable position).
Operation in Dosition E is limited to thetime the stalk is held in this position.When the lever is released, it returns roposition A automatically stopping the
IMPORTANT Reolace wioer blades asspecified in section "Car maintenance".
Neyer use the window wiberto remoye ice or snow fromthe windscreen. ,n these con-ditions, the wiper is rubmitted
to excessiye effort thot rcsults in mo-tor Protection <utting in and wiper op-erotion inhibition for few seconds os oconsegu€nce. lf operction is not re-stored contoct Fiot DealershiD.
"Smart washing" function
Pull ing the stalk towards rhe sieeringwheel (unstable position) operates thewindscreen washer fig. 59.
Keeping the stalk pulled for more than halfa second. with iust one moyement it ispossible to operate the washer jet and thewiDer at the same time.
The wiper stops working four strokes af-ter releasing the stalk.
A further stroke after five seconds com-pletes the wipint operation.
>gG!?<=
le/tail-
he ex-
EE
:=s=:a g=gE
t€
=3E
ea
c€3=te=g=
==<6
€
a€
RAIN SENSOR (where provided)
The rain sensor is located behind the dri-ving mirror in contact with the windscreenand has the purpose of automatically ad-just, during the intermittent operation, thefrequency of the windscreen wiPerstrokes as to the rain intensity.
IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass in thesensor area.
Activation fig.60
Move the right-hand stalk downwards byone position (B).
The activation of the ratn sensor is sig-nalled by a control acquisit ion "stroke".
Turningthe knurled rint F it is Possible toincrease the sensitivity of the rain sensor.
The increase of the sensitivity of the rainsensor is signalled by a control and acqui-sit ion "cycle".
ODeratinq the windscreen washer withrhe rain se.'nsor activated the normal wash-ing cycle is performed at the end of whichthe rain sensor resumes its normal auto-matic function.
Deactivation fig, 60
Move the stalk off B or turn the itnitiorkey to OFF.
At next engine starting (key at ON), tnrsensor will not be reactivated even ifthtstalk is at B. In this event, to activate thtrain sensor you have to move the stallto A or C and then again to B or turn thtknurled ring.
Rain sensor activation will be indicated b)at least one wiper "stroke" even if trtwindscreen is dry.
The rain sensor is able to recognize aniautomatically adjust itself in the presenaof the followint particular conditions:
D impurit ies on the controlled surfact(salt, dirt, etc.);
0 difference between day and night.
Streoks of woter moy coureunrcquired blode moving.
REwO1Kel
Tu
lor
J
B
gecc
Pt(u
Kise
Ri
t--H
- l ro
,i ,)@^i- \ - -
. l
i_- , ,o
l r II
/ i-. -'-
./ ,, .; ,- _!,
) ignition
)N), rhe/en if thetvate tne$e stalkturn the
gnize andPfesence!ions:
I surface
night.
icated byen if the
Iy cquse,ving.
REAR WINDOW WASHERYWIPER
operarion is only obrained wirh itnirionkey at ON.
Turning the knurled ring A from O to Qwilloperate the rear window wiper as fot-
! intermittent operation if the wind-screen wiper is off;
D synchronised with the windscreenwiper (but with halfstroke frequency).
With windscreen wiper on and reversegear engaged, rear window wiping will beconunuous.
Pushing the stall< towards the dashboard(Jnsmble position) wil l accivare the rear
Keeping the stalk pushed for over half asecond will activate also the rear windowwiper.
Releasing the stalk will activate the smartvvashing function as described for thewindscreen wiper.
HEADLIGHT WASHER(where provided)
Headlight washers are "retractable", i.e.:they are located inside the front bumpersand they are activated when (with dippedbeams on) the windscreen washer is op-erated.
IMPORTANT Check at regular intervalscorrect operation and cleanness of noz-zles.
Never use the reor windowwiDer to femove ice or snowfrom the reor window. Inthese conditions, the wiDer is
submitted to excessive effon thot re-surts in motor protection cutting in ondwiper oPerqtion inhibition for few sec-onds os o coDseguence. lf operotion isnot restored contqct Fiat Deolerchib.
=!/
!2=r
a<6
E
=€
CRUISE CONTROT(where provided)
It is a device able to suPPort the driYer,with electronic control, which allows dri-
vine at speed over 30 km/h on long and
striiqht dry roads (e.8.: motorways) at a
desiied speed, without Pressing the ac-
celeraror' pedal. Therefore it is not sug-
"ested to use this device on exra-urban
ioads with traffic Do not use it in town'
DEVICE ENGAGEMENT fig' 6 |
Turn knurled ring A to ON.
TO MEMORISE SPEED
Proceed as follows:
fl turn the knurled ring A to ON anipress the accelerator Pedal to the required sPeed;
3 move the sulk upwards (+) for a[ lea$one second, then release it l he-cxsoeed is memorised and it is theretoftpossible to release the acceleratol
Peoal.
In the case of need (when ovenaking fo
instance) acceleration is Possible slmPlJ
oressing'the acceleralor Pedal: releasingihe accElerator Pedal. the car.wil l,retutlto the speed memorised Prevlously
TO RESET THE MEMORISEDSPEED
lf the device has been disengaged.for ex
ample pressing the brake or clulch Pedar'rhe mdmorise-d speed can be reset as fo"
lows:
0 accelerate Sradually unti l reachingtspeed aPProaching the one memorised;
D engage the gear selected at the time o
sPeed memorising;
D press the RES B button.
The Cruise Control cannot be engagedin first or revgrse gear. lt is advisable to
engage it in 4tn or higher gears
>-sE:l*a
V:E
==s=EE
=&€
!d
Travell ins downhil l with the device en-
gaged. thi car speed may increase morerhan the memorlsed one.
When the device is activated the l'varn-
ing iiqht6S turns on together with e rel-
"u'"ni t"rt"g" on thJinstrument panel'
v=
a=
50
to ON andJal to the re-
l.) for at leastr it. The car:is thereforeaccelerator
ertakint forsible simplyalr releasjng'wil l return'rously.
ISED
ged for ex-utch pedal,'eset as fol-
reaching ane memo-
the time of
TO INCREASE THE MEMORISED
The speed memorised can be increased inrwo ways:
) pressing che accelerator and rnenmemoflsing rhe new speed reached;
or
D moving the stalk upwards (+).Each operarion of the stalk wjl l corre_spond to a,slitht increase in speed (abourI r<m/n). whtle keeping rhe sralk upwardswr correspond to a continuous speed in_
TO REDUCE MEMORISEDSPEED
The speed memorised can be increased Inrwo ways:
O disengaging the device and then mem_onstng the new speed;
or
O moving the stalk downwards (_) undlreachrnt rhe new speed which wil l bememonsed automatically.
DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT
]he device can be disengaged in rhe fol_rowtng ways:
D turning the knurled ring A to OFF;O turning the engine off;D pressing the,brake pedal or engagrng
rne hand brake:
D pressing the clutch pedal;J shifringgear with automaric rransmjs_
sron rn sequential mode:D with car speed below rhe preser [m-
I t i
D pressing the acceleraror pedal; in rhrscase,the system is not really disen-8a8eo but the request for accelerat,ontaKes priority over the sysrem. Thecrutse control is however ictive and rt
HtJ?: ?:,lff :,;1K:"!::; jffi :aner ending acceleration.
The device js.automarically deactivared inone ot rhe tollowing cases:D ABS or ESp system cut_in;D system failure.
A"
i
Each,operation of rhe snlk wil l corre_spond,to a slitht reducrion in speed (abourI xm/n/, white keeping the stalk down_waros wrll correspond to a continuousspeed reducrion.
>.3
*E
E*9<,
o9!4
===
zaa<i5
E
v5a:E
CEILING TIGHTS
FRONT CEILING LIGHTS fig. 62
Courtesy lights
Press the lens on point A to turn on/offthe driver's courtesy light or press the lenson poinc C ro turn on/off the passenger'scourresy gnL
With ignition key at OFF or removed, theceil ing l iShr wil l sray on for abour l5 min-utes, then it is automatically switched off.
Central l ight
It turns on automatically when opening adoor and it wil l turn off when closins thedoor, about l0 seconds later.
lf the door is left open, the light goes offaner about J mtnutes.
Central light can also be turned on/off bypressing the lens on point B; rear sidil ights wil l turn on at the same time.
Light turning on/off ls gradual.
After switching on by button B, if the keyis at OFF or.removed, the ceil ing l ighistays on for abouc l5 minures, then ir isautomarically switched off.
REAR CEILING LTGHTS f ig.63To turn these lights on/off, press the lenron point D.
a
:- :__ -\
- -
'*"*,NSS€@
CONTROLS
HMARD LIGHTS fig. 64
They come on when switch A is pressedregrdless of the position of rhe ignirionk.I
When the device is on, the switch flashesand warning lights € and i on the clustercome on.
Press the switch atain ro rurn the l ights0ff.
>?G!{=i
FRONT FOG LIGHTS(where provided) fig.65
To turn front fog lights on, press button#D, to activate these lights it is necessar),to have the side/taillithts switched on
Warnint light #0 on the instrument pan-el wil l turn on.
Press the button again to turn the light off.
E=vo
=a:=g:
=E€
@@_@@@
aa
zzS=25=gg
z=<5
E
a=
REAR FOG LIGHT fig. 66
To turn rear fog light on, Press button 0+,to activate this light it is necessary to havethe dipped beams switched on.
Warning light 0t on the instrument Panelwil l turn on.
Press the button again to turn the litht off.
PARKING LIGHTS fig. 57
These lights can only be urned on with ig-nition key at OFF or removed. by Press-ing button A for about I second, warn-ini l ight:00: on the instrument Panel wil lturn on.
With parking lights on, moving the leftstalk upwardi (position l) or downwards(oosition 2) wil l turn on respectively theiight or left sidelighs:the warnint light willgo off.
Movin! the left stalk back to central po-sit ion *i l l turn on all side/tail l iShts and al-so the warning l iSht:oo-:.
POWER SUPPLY AND FUELCUT-OFF SWITCH
The car is fitted with a safety switch thalin the event of a crash comes into opention by cutting off fuel and turning off thlengine as a consequence. Certain versiortare equipped wich an additional safeqswirch that in the event of a crash cometinro operation by curling off the power supply. These two safety switches therefonpievent dangerous fuel leaks due rc fuell;nrcrackinq and sparks or electric dischargEdue to damaging or malfunctioning of tl^relectric comoonents ofthe car in the everof a crash.
IMPORTANT After a crash, remembertoremove the key from the iSnition devic!to prevent baftery run-oown.
ll after a crash no fuel leaks or damagetto the electric devices (e.g. headlights)attfound and the car can be started again, r€'set the fuel cut-off switch and the powelsupply cut-off switch (where provided)Follow the instructions given below.
lf, ofier o crosh, you smell fu'eI or see leoks from the fuel
system, do not reset the switchet toovoid fire risk
Pressoff.
the button again to turn the lithts
;ts0r@
:h thatoPera-off the)rstonssafetycomesersuP-reforeuel l inehargesof the
I event
rber todevice
rmages$) areain, re-Powervided).
Ellfu-e fuelher to
Resetting the fuel cut-off switchlig. 68
To reset the fuel cut-off switch. press but-ton A.
Resetting the power supply cut-offswitch (where provided) fig.69-70
The swirch is located inside the fuse boxat battery positive terminal.
To reset the power supply cut-off switch,proceed as follows:
Cl press button A to reset the fuel cut-off switch;
D open the bonnet;
D operate the retaining clips B and re-move the protection cover C;
D press button D to reset the powersupply.
Eefore resetting the power
- supPly cut-off switch care-fully inspea the car for fuel leoks ordomoges to electric devices (e,g.heodlights).
lNrl'l.:r^rr^{rn[$ Before resetting the fuel cut-
- off switch corefully inspectthe car for fuel leoks or domdges toelectric devices (e.g, heodtights).
Sunroof, sun visor (whereprovided) and power windowinitialisation
After resetting the safety switches, thesunroof, sun visor and power window op-eration shall be re-init ialised. For the rer-evant procedures. refer to paragraphs"Sunroof and "Power windows",ln ihissection.
i.- S
EE
=eE=zA3=cz.=<6
€
==
>s[ ! lE=
INTERIOR FITTINGS
FRONT ARMREST WITHODDMENT COMPARTMENTAND REFRIGERATEDCOMPARTMENT
Press lever A-fig' 7l to raise the frontarmrest and reach a first oddment/mobileohone comDartment
Lift cover B-fig. 7l to reach. a secondcompartment that is warmed/cooled byan air oudet C-fig.73 connected to theclimate control system
fig
TPlulrt
==s=qE
Move lever D-fig.73 as shown by che ar-row to open the outlet and to makecool/warm air come into the comPart-ment.
lf the two-zone climate control system isfitted, the temPerature of this comPart-ment will be the same as that on Passen-ger srde.
RT.el
ais€
When the armrest is fully raised' take canot to press bunon A-fig..7l. accidenulto avoid opening the oddment comPafmenc cover andlhe fall ing of the obiectcontained as a consequence
65
REAR ARMREST (where provided)
To use the rear armrest A-fig. 74, low-er it as shown in the figure.
The rear armrest can be fitted (whereprovided) wich two glass/can holders. Touse them pull tab B-fig. 75 in arrow di-fection.
GLOVEBOX fig. 77
To open the glovebox move the handle asshown by the arrow.
When the glovebox is opened. an interi-or courtesy light comes on.
>-*r;!?EA
=-=!2
=E
=
==
:d, take careaccidentally'rr comParu-the obiects
Inside the armrest, after lifting the cover,there is an oddment compartment fig. 75.
>nE!Z;a
EEE=e6=gs
E
aE
ODDMENT COMPARTMENTfig.78
It is located on the central console underthe front armrest.
GLASS/CAN HOLDERS
They are located on the front console.
COINS BOX fig. 78
It is located on the central console, at theside of the handbrake lever.
EYEGLASSES HOLDER(where provided) {ig. 79
It is located on the roof panel near thehandle on the driver side.
Use it as shown in the figure.
CIGAR LIGHTER
It is located on the central console, attside of the handbrake lever.
Press button A to switch on the ci{lithter with ignition key at ON.
After about l5 seconds the button willturn to its initial position and is ready'use.
IMPORTANT Always check that the (
ar lighter has turned off.
The cigar lighter gets vehot- Handle itwlth core at
mdke sure thot it is not used bY cltdren: danger of fire ondlor burns.
_sM_lole, at the
the cigar
on will re-ready for
at the ci8-
iets veryaore dndI by chil-,rm&
SUN vlsoRS fig. 83These are positioned to the sides of therear-view mirror. They can swing to thesides and up or down.
Sun visors (both driver and passenger) areflued on the back wirh a courtesy mirrorand a l ight which enables to use the mir-ror also with poor sunlight.
Open cover A to use the mirror.
CURRENT OUTLET fig. 84
The current outlet only works with igni-tion key at ON and it is located beneamthe central air vents for rear seats.
ODen Drotection cover A to use it.
EA
gE
=-=s2
z-<6
E
e=
=
ASHTRAY
The central console houses an ashrray,raise lid A-fig, I I to use it.
To empty the ashtray, remove the innerbox.
,Ashtrays are located on passenger's doorarmrests: to use the ashtray raise $e cor-responding lid, to empty them remove theinner box B-fig. 82.
G:Ia=
ga
c?€z6=
=E=<6=s=
v=
=z
REAR ROLLER SUNBLINDS(where provided) fi9. 85
Certain versions can be fitted on reardoors with roller sunblinds, with reels andreturn springs.
Unwind the sunblind using tab A and se-cure it to the upper catches B.
SUNROOF(where provided)
The sunroof consists of two wide panes(a fixed one and a moving one), fitted witha front powered sun curtain and a rearmanual iun curtain. Sunroof only workswith isnition key at ON. Controls A, Band Con rhe central ceil ing l iSht shall beused to open/close the sunroof and thepowered sun curtaln.
To open
With fully closed sunroof (knob at 0), turnknob A-?ig. 86 clockwise and select oneof the five possible oPening Positions.
Every position corresponds co a cype ofsunroof opening. e.8: Position I corre-sponds to ihe nairowest opening (sunroofaimost closed) whereas position 5 corre-sponds to the widest one (sunroof fullyopen).
For wide opening with iusc one knob op-eralion, set it r iSht to the last Posltlon.
Turn knob A-fi9. 86 counter-cl(and select one of the Possible five
fig. 86
To close
POSrflOns.
Every position corresponds to a typesunroof closing. For closing the sunr<fully with iust one operation, set theA-fig, 86 to 0.
Do not oqen the sunroofthere is snow or ice on iticould be domoged.
70
Front sun curtain opening/closing
Press burron B-fig. 86 to open rhe suncunain fully. Press rhe bunon again ro sropIt,
To close rhe sun curuin press burton C-lig. 86. Press che burron again ro srop ir.
Caution;opening the sunroofwirh the suncu.Ein closed wil l make the sun curtatnoPen automatically.
Rear sun curtain opening/closing
Rear sun cunain opening/closing is man-ual-
ANTI.CRUSHING SAFETYSYSTEM
Sunroof.is f ined with anti-crushing saferysystem that deteccs the presence ofan ob-stacle during sunroof closing stroke andthat cuts in by stopping and reversing thesunrool stroke.
The anti-crushing safety system fitted onthe front curtain outline is active alonp thewhole closing range ofrhe curtain andluainto operation when an obsracle is met.This safety device guarantees the rever-sal for a short section.
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE
Sunroofand powered sun curtain shall bere-inirialised after disconnecring the bac-tery or if che relevanr protecri6n fuse is
Sunroof init ialisation
Proceed as follows:
O turn the ignition key to ON;
d turn knob A-fig. 86 fully counter-crocKwtse;
press and keep knob A.fig. 86pressed unti l the sunroof locks, thenrelease it;
within 5 seconds, press and keep knobA pressed; rhe sunroof wil l move au-tomatically, during this stage keep onpressing the knob;
initlalisation will end when the sunroofsaoPs.
When leavingthe cor, the ig-nition key should be removed
r .LE!?i ;
)ckwiseclosing
t/pe ofunroofle Knoo
!?gc=et==5
au€
ato Prevent the sumooffrom being oyeroted inodvertently ond ho'7'r,ing ony-one rcmoining in the con lmproper useof the sunroof con be donserous. B*fore ond duriig its operott-on ensurethot ony Pqsrengers ore not ot riskfrom the moving roof either by per-sonol oDjectJ getting cought in themechanism or by being injured by it di-recuy.
Sun curtain init ialisation
Proceed as follows:
D Close the sunroof comPletelY;
D turn the iSnition key to OFF for l0seconds;
D turn the ignition keY to ON;
turn the knob to closing Position andkeep it pressed until hearing the me-chanical lock;
init ialisation ended.
l
l
D
cls\
Fr
tr(
8etn
>-sE!laa
=as=24=gE
2.4<45AE
E
e=
E
ANTI-CRUSHING SYSTEMINHIBITION
lce or other foreign matters in the sun-roof rails could cause anti-crushing re-oeated ooeration. Therefore make surethere is no obstacle.
ln this case it is possible to inhibit the an-ti-crushing system by closing the roof(within 5 slc6nds from system activation),iurning knob A-fig.86 to 0 and keepingit oressed upwards unti l closing
EMERGENCY OPERATION{ig.87-88
lf the electrical control device does rowork, the sunroof can be oPerated malually as follows:
O remove the rear ceil int l iSht and u"out the emergency oPeration wrencrprovided as standard, from rhe renvan! sea!;
O fir the wrench into slot A'f ig. 88 atturn it clockwise ro oPen the sunro(and counter-clockwise to close it
Fr
orut1
llvlytri
ect !d(ti\
DOORS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKINGSYSTEM
from the outside fi9. 89
Wr\ the doo^rs closed. press remote con-trol button hl or, if the remote controlis ralfuncrioninS. fit and turn the emer-gency metal insert into the lock of one ofthe front doors.
hom the inside fig. 90
With the doors closed, press burtons Aor B, ser on rhe central panel to lock orunlock the doors.
I|'IPORTANT lf one door is noc perfect-'/closed or there is a system failure. cen-rnldoor locking wil l not work and aftera few seconds the device wil l be exclud-ed for about 2 minutes. During this timeit is however possible to locldunlock thedoors manually. The device wil l be reac-tivated after 2 minutes.
=E?a
s€s=eA==q=
does notIted man-
<6
€
€€
fig. 89
lfthe cause of malfunctioning has been re-moved the device wil l operate regularlya8arn.
CHILD LOCK fig. 9 |
To prevent opening the rear doors fromthe inside.
This devicedoors open:
3 position
can be engaged only with
| - engaged (door locked);and take
I Wrencn,the rele-
g. 88 andr sunroofcse it.
0 position 2 - disengaged (door open-able from inside).
The device stays on even if the doors areunlocked by the centralised system.
IMPORTANT Always use this devicewhen transponing children.
IMPORTANT After engaging the lock,check by trying to open a rear door withthe internal handle.
r6
J
0
aI
Ctl(
:EB=ss=EE
ea
adVE
€
POWER WINDOWSAll versions are fitted with Power win-dows with anti-crushing safety device todecect the presence of an obstacle in thewindow closing stroke. lf an obsucle is de-tected, the safdty system will stop windowclosing and, according to window position,will also reverse window stroke.
lI '4PORTANT In rhe event that the anti-crushing function is activated 5 times inonly I minute. the system will automati-cally enter the "recoverT" mode (self-pro-tection). This conditions is pointed out byrhe fact chaL in the closing phase. the win-dow goes up in jerks.
So, it is necessary to carry out the sys-tem restore procedure, acting as follows:
D open the vr'indows;
OT
O turn the ignition key to OFF and thento ON.
The logic is restored if no malfunction ispreseni, the window returns to its normaloperation automatically; otherwise con-tact a Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT With the iSnition key toOFF or removed, the power windows re-main activated for about 2 minutes and aredeactivated immediately the moment adoor is opened.
WINDOW SAFETY SYSTEMINITIALISATION
Safery system shall be re-init ialised aftEdisconnecting the battery or if the rehvant protection fuse is blown.
In jt ialisation procedure:
open completely manually or automatically the window to init ialise;
fully close the window manually (without stops);
after window stopping, keep on presling the closing control for at leastsecond.
Ir^lEI/l\ The system conforms to the
- forthcoming stondord
2000/4/EC concerning the safetY ofpossenge6 leoning out of the Pos-senger comPortment-
M
red aftertne rete-
D rear riSht window opening/closing;"automatjc continuous" mode opera-tion just during window opening;
rear power window enablingidisablingcontrols.
lmproper use of the power
or auto-alse ;
i: !zE*
Eg95
aE
l ly (with-
)n Press-Lt least I
fic. 93
CONTROLS
Driver side fig. 93
0r the driver's door panel are set the bur-tons for controlling, with ignition key atON:
A front left window opening/closing;w ndow opening or closing in "auto-matic continuous" mode;
B front right window opening/closing:window opening or closing in "auto-matic continuous" mode;
C rear left window opening/closing: "au-tomatic continuous" mode operationjust during window opening;
- windows con be ddngerous.
Before ond during its operotion en- Front passenger door and reardoors fig, 94
Front passenger door armrest and reardoor armrests feature the switches to beused for controll ing the corresponding
sure thot dny Possen$ers ore not atrisk from the moving gloss either bypersonol obiects getting caught in themechqnism or by being iniured by itdirectly. Alwoys remove the ignitionkey when getting out of the .ar toprevent the Power windows being op-eroted occidentdlly ond constitutingo donger to the Possengers in the cor.
Pressing briefly one of the buttons thewindow "jerks" whereas a prolongedpressing makes the window opening orclosing in "automatic continuous" mode.
Pressing the button again will stop the win-dow in the required position.
==i=Ei=q:
=6
€
>- #]
=*
ats
cgg=qE
aE
BOOTThe boot tailgate (when unlocked) can beopened only from the outside through theelectric opening handle set above thenumber plate holder fig.95.
lf doors are unlocked the boot can beopened at any time.
Using the instrument panel display (seeparagraph "f4ultifunction display" in thissection) it is possible to activate the op-tion for independent boot unlocking: Inthis way the boot is not unlocked whenunlocking the doors.
IMPORTANT With running car, never op-erate the tailtate shackle.
In the event of battery failure, after usingthe emergency metal insert of the key toget into the car, it will be possible to openthe boot from the inside by operatintmanually the lever set at the bottom onthe risht side of the lock, set at the bot-tom in the middle of the tailSate.
OPENING THE TAILGATE BYREMOTE CONTROL fig. 95
Press button fl, even when the alat(where provided) is activated.
The tailgate opening is indicated by dorble flashing of direction indicators; closnis indicated by one flashing (only if alanis on).
TAILGATE CLOSING
Lower the tailgate unti l hearinS che locing click.
lI '4PORTANT lf the option for indeperdent boot unlocking is on. before closnthe booc, check whether you have wiiyou the itnit ion key since the boot wlbe locked automatically.
InohF
tj(
ft ftu oddition of obiectsE-l (speoke6, spoirers, etc.) on theF- reor shelf or boot lid, exceqt
those envisoged by the mon-ufocturer, moy prevent the gos filledltrrlts ot the sides of the boot fromwo*jng prope y.
When using the bootn makesure the fodds do not exceed
TAILGATE EMERGENCYOPENING fig. 97
To open the tailgate from the inside lf mebattery is flat or the electric tailgate loct<is fail ing, proceed as follows (iee "Ex-tending the boot" in tis section):
0 lower completely the rear head re-straints;
D tilt rear seat cushions;
D tilt backrests;
D operate lever A inside the boot roopen the tailgate.
EXTENDING THE BOOT
Partiaf extension (l13 or 213)
The boot can be panially (l/3 or 2/3) ortotally extended splirting the rear seat.
To make use ofche maximum loading vot-ume, r_emove che luggage compartmenrcover tollowing the insrruccions given inparagraph Luggate compartment cover"and lower the loading sur{ace as describedpreviously.
Proceed as follows:
lower completely the rear seat headrestraintsi
check that the seat belt is not twisted;
lift handle A or B-fig. 98 to unlock re-spectively the left or right section of thebackrest and then guide the backrestonto the cushion.
IY
-*
E=9o
=€sFgg
aE=
a=
alarmtte permitted weigfit lsee sectionSechnicol specifi-cotions). Alsomoke iure the items in the boot areananged Properly to prevent thembeing thrown forwards ond injuringPd$engers shourd yo u broke shorply.
Never trovel with objects onthe reor shelf to prevent
tltem being thrown forwords ond in-iudng possengers in cose of accidentor sharp broking.
D
oo
y dou-Josingalarm
)tocK-
lepen-losingr with)t wil l
AF
E=s==a=qg
>-g
*a
z=<6
E
aE
The boot extension to the riSht f ig. 99makes it possible to carry two Passengerson the rear seat left-hand side.
Total extension fig' l0 |
Tilt the rear seat comPletely to obtarmaximum boot extenslon.
To make use ofthe maximum loadingvolume, remove the lutgaSe comPaTlmenlcover following the inscructions Siven Iparagraph'Luggage comPartment coveiand lower the loading surtace as descnbe(previously.
Proceed as follows:
O lower completely the rear seat heairestraints;
D check that the seat belt is not twisted
D lift handles A and B'fig. 98 to releastthe backrests and Suide them onto thecushion.
The boot extension to the left fig. | 00makes it possible to carry one Passengeron the rear seat riSht-hand side.
78
IMPORTANT Do not put heavy objectson the cover which may seriously damageit.
lNrrzrtr^fn{Er7ll\ The obiects Dut on the cov-
- er moi be titrown forwords
ond iniure posrengers should youbroke shorPly or in the event of on oc-cident
obtain
ng voF.tmentiven incover"icribed
rt head
rr'isted;
releaselto the
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTCOVER fig. 102
The luggage companment cover A can berolled up and removed.
To roll ic up remove rhe two rear pins Bfrom their housings and then guide it dur-in8 rollinS up.
Removing the luggagecompartment cover fig. 103
Proceed as follows:
O roll i t as described previously;
O remove the reel unit C by pressint itssides (direction l) and raising it (di-rection 2).
To refic rhe cover, insert the reel ends intheir housings and make sure the fasten-ing hooks are well fastened. Now extendthe cover by pull ing its handles. as previ-ously described, and hook the two rearPrns.
>clE::
;x
HgEs
s=s3EE
<6
=
IMPORTANT After putting the seats backto their travell ing position, restore theseat belt position to make them ready foruse.
>-g
t=
go
zZg=2e=g€
==<6=E
€
E€
=
FIE/ll\ mate sure the bockrest is
- ProPe y secured ot bothsides (red bonds B not visibfe) to pre-TO RETURN THE REAR SEAT
BACK TO ITS ORIGINALPOSITION lig. 104
Raise the seat backrests and push themback until hearing the locking click of bothretatners.
IMPORTANT Correct backresr fasteningis quaranteed when the "red band" B asideleiers A is no longer visible. The "redband" actually indicates that the backrestis not properly secured. When setting thebackrest to travell ing position, alwaysmake sure it is properly secured by hear-ing the locking click.
vent it moves foward in the event ofshorp braking causing injuries to Pos-sengen'.
DOUBLE LOADINGCOMPARTMENT(where provided)
In addition to fully or panially folding seas,the car can also be fitted with a loadingsurface to be adjusted at two differentheights in order to make the loading sur-face flat and to increase or decrease theboot volume as required.
Keeping the loading surface up it wil l beoossible to make use ofthe sDace obtainedbelow as additional compartmentfor frat-i le or small obiects.
To access rhe compartment set undetneath the loading surface, proceed as fol
O raise handle A-fig. | 05 pressing in thtpoint shown by the arrow at "PUSH"iift the loading surface and secure itbJthe proper wire to the upper hook orthe roof as shown in the figurlf ig. 106.
t unoer-)d as fol-
nt in the"PUSH",;ure it bynooK one fiture
Setting the loading surface atlower level (where provided)
Io improve the loading space, lower theluggage companment surface fig. 107, asfollows;
0 raise handle A-fig. 105 pressing in thepoint shown by the arrow at "PUSH",use the handle to remove the loadingsur{ace from the seat on the suitcaseboard by raising it sl ightly and pull ingit outwards; the knuckle on the seatside will facilitate this manoeuvre.
To reposition the loadint surface to theupper level proceed as follows:
O raise handle A-fig. 105 pressing in thepoint shown by the arrow at "PUSH",use the handle to raise the loading sur-face from the boot mat and pull itout-wards; the knuckle on the seat sidewill facilitate this manoeuvre.
Boot looding surfoce set otI top position con withstond 70
' kg max. ond 200 kgot bottornPosition os shown on the
proper lobel set under the looding sur-foce (see fig. 108).
ANCHORING THE LOAD
The boot contains the proper hook foranchoring the required load fig. 109.
i; !ze.
=aE==e5q*
€g
€
az.
a
Cetain versions (where provided) are fit-ted with a luggage retainer net that can besecured to the fastening rings fig. | 10.
IMPORTANT Never anchor to singlehook a load exceeding 100 l<9.
Certain versions (where provided) are fit-ted with a luggage anti-throw out safetynet secured to the roof at two side seatsfig. | | I, and at the boftom to the load re-taining rings set on the wheelhouses.
lr.l-',,-7lN lf You wont to corry reserve
- fuel in o cdn, follow low reg-ulations, only using o certified .on,suitobly fastened to the lood securingeyelets. Even in this woy the risk offire is increosed in the case of on oc-cident
BONNET
TO OPEN THE BONNET
Proceed as follows:
D pull lever A-fig. I 12 in theof the arrow;
O pull lever B-fig. I 13 as shown in drflgure;
I l i ft che bonnet and at the same tqrelease the rod C-fig. I l4 from rcarch D-fig. | 14. then fit the rod entinto the bonnet recess E-fig. l l4.
IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnelcheck rhat windscreen wiper arms are r0lifted from the windscreen.
II
directio: - : l
;xg
gF
:2?r
:-.- G i:
E
A heovy lood thot hos notbeen secured moy couse se-
rious horm.
lirection
rn in the
me timerom lnerod endl l4.
rbonnet,5 aTe not
TO CLOSE THE BONNET f ig. l l4
Proceed as follows:
D hold the bonnet up with one hand andwith the other remove rod C from re-cess E and fit it bacl< into its catch D;
D lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cen-timetres from the engine compart-ment and then let it drop, ensuringthat it is fully closed and not iust heldin position by the safety catch. lf thebonnet does not close properly, donot push it down but open it again andrepeat the above procedure.
ll'4PORTANT Always check that the bon-net is closed properly co avoid its openinSwhile the car is travell ing.
For sofe\ reqsons the bon-
- net must be closed prope yto ovoid its oPening while the cor istrovelling. Therefore, olwoys check itis properly closed ond the cqtch en-goged. Should
'rou
notice thdt thecotch is not Perfectly engoled whentrqvelling, stop the cor immediotelydnd crose the bonnet,
net moy foll violently.
Corry out oPerctions onlywhen the cor is stqtionory.
TtEElr[il[$ lf tfie supPofting rod is not
- positioned co.rectly the bon-
?-s
g5r
1?=
=e
ai;35
*
€
>-s*a
:22-!.
=Es<5
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK
The roof rack/ski rack shall be secured tothe roof at points A'fig. | | 5.
To mount it. l i ft the ubs and proceed asfollows:
ll for versions with sunroof: extract thetabs using the screwdriver Providedin the kit-to reach the fastening seatsfig. I 16;
D for versions without sunroof: l i ft thetabs using the screwdriver providedin the kit to reach the fastening seatsfig. I 17;
A roof rack/ski rack specially designed forthe car is available at Lineaccessori Fiat.
After few kilometres, check that the fas-tening screws are firmly tithtened
IMPORTANT Never exceed the max.permissible loads (see section "Technicalspecifications").
The car can be fitted with two longitudi-nal bars that can be used, by adding sPe-cial accessories to carry various objects(e.g.: skis, windsurf, etc.).
OPen the toilgote with c(when corrying obieds on I
roof rack bars to Prevent imPocts
=
II
_=1
)
-1I___l
-
Yith coreB on thePocts.
HEADTIGHTS
ADIUSTING THE HEADLIGHTBEAM
Proper adjustment ofthe headlight beamsis of vital importance for your safety andcomfon and also for rhe other road users.To ensure you and other drivers have thebest visibil i ty conditions when travell ingwhh the headlights on, the headliShts mustbe set properly. Conract Fiat Dealershipto have the headlights properly adjusted.
lf'lPORTANT When turning on (Xenon)gas discharge headlight lamps (where pro-vided), it is normal that there should be avertical movement of reflectors, and con-sequentlythe same will also happen to thelight beam, for the time required toachieve the correct headlight trim stabili-sation, equal to approx. 2 seconds.
Headlight aiming device
h works with ignition key at ON anddipped beams on. When the car is loaded,it slopes backwards. This means that theheadlight beam rises. In this case, it is nec-essary to return it to the correct position.
To adiust the headlight slantfig. I 18
Press button A set on the control panel;if the car is f itted with (Xenon) gas dis-charge headlights, slant adjustment is elec-tronic and therefore button A is not pre-sent.
f ig. I 19
The display located on the instrument pan-el, provides the visual indication ofthe po-sit ions during the adjustment operationfig. | 19.
Position 0 - one oT two people occupy-ing the front seats.
Posi t ion l - f ivepeople.
Position 2 - five people + load in the boot.
Position 3 - driver maximum permissi-ble load stowed in the boot.
|| ' '1PORTANT Check beam aiming everytime the load carried changes.
?-YES
; :
HE9c
=!
4l
!
\ /n:
!
@@€@@
l '4,. ' : , ; . , , . . ,- .- :
f ig. i20
ABS SYSTEM
The car is fitted with an ABS bral<ing syrtem, which prevents the wheels from lock.ing when braking, mal<es the most of road
Srip and gives the best contTolwhen emer-gency bral<ing under diff iculty road condi"tions.
Sysren is compleced by EBD (ElectronicBraking Force g;51r; Iu1iq61. wl" ic l - dn.tributes the bral<ing action between frontand rear wheels.
||'4PORTANT To have the maximum ef.{iciency of the brakinB system, it is neces-sary a setting period of about 500 km(with new car after replacing bral(epads/discs): during this period it is bettefto avoid sharp, repeated and prolongedDraKes.
ESP SYSTEM INTERVENTION
When rhe ABS cuts in, you wil l feel thebral<e pedal pulsating slightly and the sys-tem get noisier: it means that the speedshould be altered to flt the type of road suf-fuce.l f the ABS system cuts in, it is a sign thatthe grip between tyre and the road sur-face has reached the l imit: you must slowdown co march che speed to che road gr pavailable.
FRONT FOG LIGHTADJUSTM ENT
Contact Fiat Dealership to have the head-lights properly adiusted.
f ig. l2 l
HEADLIGHT BEAMADJUSTMENT ABROADfig. 120- l2 |
The dipped bearn headlights are adiustedfor circulation in the country in which thecar is marl<eted. In countries with oppo-site circulation, to avoid glaring oncom-ing vehicles. .t ls necessary ro cover theareas o'the neadlight us;ng a sPecial strck'er tape provided for the purpose and avail-aole ar Lineaccessor, Fiat . Contact FiatDealership.
18 sys-I lock-f road
FAILURE WARNINGS
ABS failure
ABS railure is indicated by che turninE onofwarning lighr (@ on the insrrument-pan.eltogether with the dedicated message ontfe display (see sectron "Warnint l ighrsand messages").
h lhis case the bral<int system is sti l l eff i-cert, though without the aid of rhe ABSrystern. Drive carefully co the closesr FiarDeale.ship co have che sysrem checked.
lf the ABS system cuts in, itis d sign thot the grip be-re ond the road surfqce hosfiteen tyre and the rcdd su4qce hos
reoched the limit: you must slowdown to mqtch the speed to the roodgrip ovoiloble.
Ihe ABS exploits the tyre-
- rood grip ot the best, but it.onnot imprcve it; you should there-fue take every core when driving onslippery surfoces without toking un-necessory risks.
EBD failure
EBD failure is indicated by the turninA onof warning l ights (@ and (O) on rhJ in-strument panel together with the dedi-cated message on che display (see section"Warning l ights and messages").
In this case with sharp brakint the rearwheels might lock too early, with the pos-sibil i ty of sl<idding. Drive extremely care-fully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to havethe system checked.
BRAKE ASSIST(emergency braking assistance)(where provided)
The system, which cannot be cut out, rec-ognizes emergency braking (on the groundof the brake pedal operation speed) andconsiderably increases the pressure in thebrake circuit.
Bral<e Assist is deactivated on the versionsequipped with ESP. in the eventof ESP sys-tem failure (indicated by warning l ighr (4switching on together with the messageon the display).
When the ABS cuts in, ondyou feel the brcke pedol pul-
sotingo do not remove your foot" butkeep it pressed,' in doing so you willst+ in the shortest omount of spacepossible under the cutent rosd con-ditions.
emer-:ondi-
tronich dis-r front
rm ef-leces-)0 kmDTAKCbetteronteo
N
€t [ne
ln thatLd sur-it slowad grip
|r.lEn/f'\ lf the broke fluid low worn-
- ing light (O) comes on (to-
gether with the messqge on the dis-
!r !:
€g$s{*" j : jE
<ri
:ia=
Ploy), stoq the cor immediately ondcontoct the nedrest Fidt Deslershib.Fluid leaks from the hydroulic system,in fsct, can compromise the brofungsystem, both trqditiono, s'rstems ondsystems with ABS.re sys-
sPeeoad sur-
ESP SYSTEM(Electronic StobilityProgrom)(where provided)
The ESP system is an electronic systemcontrolling the car stabilit), in the event oftyre grip loss.
The ESP system is therefore particularlyusefulwhen grip conditions ofthe road sur-faces changes.
ESP SYSTEM INTERVENTION
k is signalled by the blinking of rhe warn-ing l ight @ on che instrument panel, to rn-form the driver that the car is in crit icalstabii ity and grip conditions.
ESP SYSTEM OPERATION
The ESP sysrem is automatically activat-ed when the car is started and cannot bede-activated.
FAILURE WARNINGS
In the event of failure, the ESP system isautomatically disconnected and the warn-ing l ight 6, comes on with fixed l ight onthe instrument panel, together with themessage on rhe display (see secrion"Warning l ights and messages"). In thiscase contacc a Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible.
7;trcmnil/|N Performonce of the ESP sys-
- tem, in terms of qctive sofe-
ty should not induce the driver to tdkepointlesr and qnnecessdry risks, Thestyle of driving must in any cose ol-woys be odopted to the conditions ofthe road surfoce, visibility on tmffic.Rodd sdfety is alwdys the drivey's re-sqonsibility.
HILL HOLDER SYSTEM(where provided)
This system is an integral part of the ESPsystem and it is provided to facilitate start-ing on slopes.
k will activate automatically with the fol-lowing conditions;
Uphil l: car at a standsti l l on a road with agradient higher than 5%, engine running,clutch and brake pedal pressed, gearboxto neutral or engaged gear other than re-verse.
Downhil l: car at a standsti l l on a road witha gradient higher than 5%, engine running,clutch and brake pedal pressed and re-verse gear engaged.
At pickup the ESP system controlkeep brake force on wheels untilthe torque suitable for staftint, or incase for max. 1.5 seconds in ordertoeasily from the brake pedal to theerator Pedal.
After two seconds without starting,system will deactivate automatically byleasing gradually the brake force.
At releasing, the typical brakement noise indicating that the car ising to move will be heard.
Failure indications
t r9ta
c€s=Ee
=: i
€
=€
System failure is indicated by theon of warning light @ on the inslpanel (together with the message onmultifunction display) (see sectioning lights and messages").
lI '4PORTANT The Hil l Holder systemnot a parking brake. Never get out ofcar without engaging the handbrakrswitchint the engine off and engaging thrfirsr gear (position P con with automaqrtransmission).
ol unit wil liil reaching, or In anyJer to passtne acceF
rrting, the:ally by re-e.
disengage-car is go-
he rurninglSarumen!rge on rne
system isout of theandbrake,gaging theautomatic
|^lll+7rflr'ltn[\ During the use ofthe spoce-
- sover spore wheeL the ESP
qstem conies on working, However,you nust rcmind thqt the spoce-soyerfiarc wheel hos dimensions smollerthon the stondord tyre and thereforcfugrip is reduced os to the other cartvrcs.
[\ For correct o perotion of the
- ESP system, the tyres murto0solutely be ofthe same brond ondtype on oll wheels, in perfect condi-tions on4 dbove oll, of type, brondond size speci/ied.
ASR SYSTEM(AnfiSlip Regulofor)(where proyided)
The ASR function controls car drive andcuts in automatically every time one orboth driving wheels slip.
According to slipping conditions, two dif-ferent control systems are activated:
n if slippinS involves both driving wheels,the ASR funcrion intervenes reducingthe power transmitted by the engine;
-' l i f sl ipping involves only one drivingwheel, the TC (Traction Control)function curs in automalcally brakingthe wheel that is slipping.
The accion ofthe ASR is particularly help-ful in the following circumstances:
O slipping of the inner wheel due to theeffect of dynamic load changes or ex-cessive acceleration;
D too much power transmitted to thewheels also in relation to the condi-tions of the road surface;
D acceleratjon on slippery, snowy orfrozen surfaces;
D in the case of loss of grip on a wet sur-face (aquaplaning).
SWITCHING THE ASR SYSTEMON/OFF fig. 122
The ASR system switches on automaticallyeach time the engine is started.
When travelling ASR can be switched offand on again pressing switch A set asidethe gearshift lever.
When the ASR is swirched off this isshown by the lighting up of the led on theswitch and by the relevanr message on thedisplay (see section "Warning l ights andmessates").
lf the ASR is swirched off when rravell ing,it will turn on again automatically rhe nexttime the engine is stamed.
IS
H3ge
ET=E
-E
=G
?-g
pg
3c>
€€B=Eg
E
a€
When travell ing on snowy roads withsnow chains, it may be helpful to turn theASR oft in fact, in these conditions, sliP-ping of rhe drivinS wheels when moving offmal<es it possible to obcain better drtve.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
In the event of malfunctioninS, the ASRsystem is automatically disconnected andthe warning l ight @ will come on withfixed light on the instrument together withthe message on the display (see section"Warninglights and messages ). In thiscase contact Fiat DealershiP as soon aspossible.
EOBD SYSTEM
It also alerts the driver, by turning on thewarning light [3 on the instrument Pan'el (roRether with the message on the d s'play) lsee section Warning l ights andmessages"), when these conditions are nolonger in peak conditions.
The obiective is:
a to keep the system efficiency undercontrol;
O warn when a fault causes emissiontlevels to increase;
J warn of the need to rePlace deterio'rated components.
The system also has a diagnostic connec'tor that can be interfaced with appropr'ate tools, which makes it possible to readthe error codes stored in ahe control unit,roferher wi[h a series of sPecific Parame'teis for engine operation and diagnosi5This check can also be carried out by thetraffic police.
7ilEEIIEN7Il\ The Performonce of the sys-
- tem, in terms ofoctiye sofe-
ml'#Ifiitr":'ffi,i"*:'1fr A ffil;"-- ";i_ -
ASR system, the tyres muststyle of driving must.in ony,c-ose o^. obsolutely be ofth e some brsnd ondwoys be adopted to the conditions ul
ityte of driving must in ony cose ol-
the rood surfoce, visibilitY on toffic. tvDe on all wheels, in Perfect condi'ti6ns ond, obove oll, 6f tyPe, brondRood sofety is olwoys the drivels re- tt"lt !"".'-l?:::,
sponsibiiitrj' ' ond stze sPe'tfleo'
- ASR system, the tyres must
obsolutely be of the some brond ondtype on all wheels, in perfec:t condi-tions on4 obove all, of tyPe, brond
IMPC
The EOBD sysrem lEuropean On Board llit^"-Diagnosis) allows continuous diagnosis o' :,;:1,the components ofthe car correlated wiemtsstons,
doeit tringdi4sooOPCofogefictry
and size sPecified.
For correct oqerotion of the
Boardrosis of:d with
on thert Pan-he dis-ts andare no
under
ssions
terio-
nnec-ropri-) readlunl t ,'ame-'losts.)y the
|| ' IPORTANT After eliminating the in.cofvenience, to checl< che system com.pletely, Fjat Dealerships are obliged to runa bench test and, if necessary, road testswhich may also call for a long journey.
TYRE PRESSUREMONITORING SYSTEM- T.P.M.S. (whereprovided)The car can be equipped wrrh che T.P.ly.S.(Tyre Pressure l4oniroring Sysrem). Thissystem consists of a radio-frequency sen-sor. insmlled on each wheel (on rhe nminside the cyre) rhac sends pressure infor-mation to the control unit.
l l ' lPORTANT Syscem conrrol unir moni-tors the pressure ofthe four car tyres butnot rhe space-saver spare wheel. lt istherefore recommended to always checkalso the space-saver spare wheel pressure.
l l '4PORTANT Pay the utmost attentionwhen checking or inflating tyres. Excessryepressure impairs road holding, increasessuspension and wheel stress and causesaDnoTmat tyre wear.
IMPORTANT Tyre pressure should bechecl<ed with tyres rested and corc.Should it become necessary for whatev-er reason to check pressure with hottyres. do not reduce pressure airhough icis higher than the prescribed value bui re-Peat the checl< when tyres are cold.
The 7.P,,\4.S. system does notexempt the driver to check
tyre dnd spaceaover spare wheel pres-sure ot regulor interyqrs
g6
o?:r
i ls
-j id
€
E
IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUTTHE T.P.M.S. SYSTEM
Failure indications wil l not be stored andtherefore wil l not be displayed when turn-ing the entine off and on again. lf failurepersists, the control unit wil l send warn-ing indicarrons co the instrument Panel on-ly-after a few seconds when the car ismoving.
IMPORTANT T.P.M.S. system cannot in-dicate sudden tyre pressure drops (e.9.:tyre burst). In this event, brake the carcautiously and avoid sudden steering.
l l '4PORTANT Replacing standard tyreswith winter tyres and vice versa involvesT.P.M.S. systdm set-up that shall be Per-formed at Fiat Dealerships onlY.
IMPORTANT The T.P.fl.S. system re-quires special equipment. Consult FiatDealership to know what type of acces-sories are compatible with the systemlwheels, wheel caps, etc.). Using other ac-cessories could cause system malfunc-tioning.
lf'lPORTANT Tyre pressure could changeaccording to outside temperature. For thisreason the T.P.M.S. system could tem-porarily indicate low tyre Pressure. In thisevent check pressure with cold tyres andrestore proper inftation values if required.
IMPORTANT lf the car is f itted withT.P.M.S. system, tyre and/or rim removaland refitt ing operations involve specialprecautions;to prevent damaSes or wrontiensor refitting, contact Fiat DealershiP tohave ryre and/or rim changed.
II4PORTANT lf the car is f itted withT.P.M.S. system, when chanSing a tyre,change also the rubber seal of the valveContact a Fiat Dealership.
II"lPORTANT Strong radiofrequencynoise may inhibit regular TPMS system op-eration; in this event, a dedicated messagewill be displayed to warn the driver. Thismessage wil l disappear automatically assoon as noise disapPears.
SOUND SYSTEM(where provided)
For the operation of the radio woCD/MP3 CD (where provided), read tlttinsrTuctions for use given rn che Supol,ment artached to the Owner Handboo'
Sound system (where provided)
The system includes:
2 tweeters (power 40W max. each|located on front doors;
2 mid-woofers, (diameter 165 mrLpower 40W max. each), located olfront doors;
2 rear full-range speakers, (diametq155 mm, power 40W max. each),located on rear dooTs.
7
>- gl
s2gs
sEs€6str
E
-=
D
t
tr
l io withread tneSupple-ndbook.
led)
x. each),
65 mm,:ateo on
liameterach), lo-
Hi.Fi system (where provided)
Ihe system includes:
f 2 tweecers (power 40W max. each1.located on front doorsl
0 2 mid-woofers (diameter 165 mm,power 40W each). locared on frontdoors;
J 2 tweeters (power 40W each), locat-e0 0n rear ooors;
0 2 woofers (diameter 165 mm, power40W max. each), located on reardoors;
0 lsubwoofer (100W power), locatedon the right side of the boot. Sub-woofer is protected by l0A fuse.
ACCESSORTESPURCHASEDBY THE OWNERlfafter buying the car, you decide to installelectrical accessories that require a per-manent electric supply (alarm, satell i te an-citheft system, etc.) or accessories char inany case burden the electric supply, con-tact Fiat Dealership, whose qualif ied per-sonnel. besides suggesting rhe most suit-able devices belonging to Lineaccessori Fi-at, will also evaluate the overall electric ab-sorptjon, checking whether the car's elec-tric system is able to withstand the loadrequired, or whether it needs to be inte-grated with a more powerful battery.
RADIO TRANSMITTERS ANDCELLULAR TELEPHONES
Radio transceiver equipment (e.g.: e-tacsmobile phones, HAlvl radio systems andthe l i l<e) shall not be used inside the carunless a separate aerial is mounted on therooi
IMPORTANT The use of similar devicesinside the passenger compartment (with-out separated aerial) produces radioJre-quency electromagneric fields which, am-plified by the resonance effects inside thePassenSer comPartment, may cause elec-trical systems equipping the car to mal-function. This could compromise safery inaddition to constituting a potential hazardfor the passengers.
ln addition, transmission and reception ofthese devices may be affected by theshielding effect of the car body.
As concerns EC-approved mobile phones(GSM, GPRS, UMTS), strictly comply withthe instructions for use provided by themobile phone's manufactureT.
c53:
!- lll ;v
as€
a
[\ Tofte core when fitring sddi-
- tionol spoile6 olloy rims ondnon-standord wheel cdps: they mightrcduce ventilotion ofthe brokes, thustheir efticiency, during obrupt and r9-Peoted broking, or long downhillsropes, Moke sure th ot nothing (mots,etc.) gets in the woy of the pedolswhen they are pushed down.
PARKING SENSORS(where provided)
Parking sensors are located in the rearbumper fig. 123 and their function is toinform the driver, throuSh an intermiftentbuzzer, about the presence of obstaclesbehind the car.
ACTIVATION
The sensors are automatically activatedwhen the reverse gear is engaged.
As the distance from the obstacle behindthe car decreases, the acousdc alarm be-comes more frequent.
BUZZER WARNINGS
When che reverse gear is engaged an in-termittent acoustic signal is automaticallyactiYated.
The acoustic signal:
O becomes louder as the reduction ofdistance between the car and the ob-stacle oecreases;
O becomes continuous when the dis-tance between the car and the obsta-cle is less that 30 cm and stoPs imme-diately if the distance raises;
is warned by the turning on of warnlight A on the instrument Panel andt6e relevant message on the display (
FAILURE INDICATIONS
ln the event of sensor failures, the
the releYant messaSe on !n€section "Warning l ights and
OPERATION WITH TRAILER
Parking sensor operation is
socket.
Sensors aTe reactivated whenthe trailer cable plug.
In washing stations, clean sensors
sensors.
automatically when the trailer elecfficble plug is f itted into the car tow hr
>-a6!Z
3A
?ec=?e=gg
€
=E
D is constant if the distance is unvaried.lfthis situation takes Place for side sen-sors, the signal is stopped after about3 seconds to prevent sound indica-tions when performing manoeuvresnear walls.
Direction distances
Central action radius 150 cm
Side action radius 60 cm
lf several obstacles are detected, the con-trol unit indicates the nearest one.
keeping the vapour iet/high pres:washing nozzles at l0 cm at least from
94
dflYerrrnrnSLnd byy (seerges").
R
ivated:ric ca-'hook
noving
quicklyessureom the
Ai"*llh;'#*i#';iior ice. When cleonins the sen-
I
ron, toke the utmost core to preventtheir domoging do not use therefore ndry or rcugh clothes. Sensors sholl bewoshed with clean woter dnd cqr de-tergent, if required,
..I
GENERAL WARNINGS
When parking, take the utmost careto obstacles that may be set above oruncer tne sensors.
Objects set close to the car, underceTtain ciTcumstances are not detect-ed and could therefore cause damagesto the car or be damaged.
Indications sent by the sensoTs can bealtered by dirt, snow or ice deposit-ed on the sensoTs or by ultrasounds/stems (e.9.: truck pneumatic bral<esor pneumatic hammers) set nearby thecar.
AT THE FIIIINGSTATION
PETROL ENGINES
Use onl/ unleaded petrol.
To prevent errors, the diameter ofthe fu-eltank fl l ler is too smallto introduce a leadpetrol pump fi l ler. Use petrol with a rat-ed octane number (R.O.N.) nor lowerthan 95.
IMPORTANT An inefficlent catal),st leadsto harmful exhaust emissions, thus con-tributing to air pollution.
IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol,even in small amount or in an emergency,as this would damage the catalyst beyondrepair.
Porking monoeuvres how ev-er ore olways under the dri-
vels responsibility thqt sholl alwoyscheck the obsence of people (spe-cially children) or onimdls in the ma-rceuvrc spoce. This system is iust ohelp for the driver but she/he shollnever reduce dttention during dan-$rcuJ monoeuvr€s even if perfomedot low sDeed.
r '*
9a
.c I s::==G
5=E
a3=
vE
E
>-2E!Zta
MULTUET ENGINES
lfthe outside temperature is very low thediesel thickens due to the formation ofparaffins and could clog the diesel fuel fil-ter.
ln order to avoid these problems, differenttvoes of diesel are distributed according tothe season: summer rype, winter type andarctic type (cold, mountain areas).
lf refuelline with dieselfuel not suitable forthe curreit temperature' mix diesel fuelwith DIESEL MIX additive in the ProPor-tions stated on the can, putting first theantifreeze in the tank and then the dieselfuel.
The cor must onlY be filledwith diesel fuel for motor ve-hicles. in comDliqnce with Eu-rooeon Stondord EN590. The
use of other Droducts or mixtures moyirrepirobly domoge the engine with in-vqlidotioi of the worronty due to thedomaze coised. In the event of occi-dent;tly fitting with onother nlpe of fu-el, do not stort the engine ond emPt'lthe tonk lf the engine hos been runeven for oily a very short time, in ad-dition to the tqnk it is otso necesldryto drdin out the whole fuel circuit,
PE
=ezE
=e
To carrv out fuellinq, open flap C'fig. l2!and unscrew cap D: the cap is fitted widan antiloss device E which fastens ittothflap so it cannot be mislaid.
The sealing of the tank may cause ligtoressurisinq in the tank. A l itt le breathitofi, while slackening the cap, is absolutenormal.
FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 124
The fuel filler cap lock is automaticallytrolled by the central door lock.
In an emergency (e.g.: electric systemure) ir is possible to unlock it by Pustring B. To find the s_trin8, remove
N\IFth
When refuelling, posirion the cap on rhedevice inside the flap as shown in the fig-ure.'Ithe doors are locked, press the door un-lock bunon ! on central panel to refue,.
The fuel filler cap is re-locked when thedoors are locked.
PROTECTING THEENVIRONMENTThe devices for curtail ing petrol engineemissions are the followint:
O three-way catalytic converter;
D Lambda sensor;
O fuel evaporation system.
ln addition, do not let the engine run, evenfor a test, with one or more spark plugsdisconnected.
The devices for curtail ing diesel fuel en-Sine emissions are the following:
tro
oxidising catalytic converter;
exhaust tas recirculation system(E.G.R.);
diesel paniculate filter (DPF).
During normol seryice thediesel paniculote filter (DPF)
reoches high temPerdtures. Do nottherefore pork the cor over inflam-moble msteriols (grass, dry leoves,pine needtes, etc.): fire hozord.
During normal seryi€e thecotalyst reoches high tem-
perdtur€s. Do not therefore porkthecor over inflammoble mcteriols (gosqdry leoves, pine needtet eta): ttrehozord.
cally con-
stem fail-ry pul l ingnove the
"fig. 125fted withr it to the
Luse lightrreathingbsolutely
>-*
EA
>=
=6
E
E=56
E[\ Do not put n oked flomes or
- tighted cigorettes nedr thefuel fller hole os the re is a donger offrc. Do not bend too crose to the holeeitfier so os not to bre athe in harmfulvolounj.
2-a[ -gt=
€=gz 6:7
=E€
€E=g*
=3E(i
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER(DPF)
The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechan-ical filter. integralwith the exhaust sysrem'rhat physically traPs Particulates Presentin rh! exhaust gases of Diesel engines'
The diesel particular filter has been adoPt-ed to eliminate almost toaally Particulatesin compliance with current / future law
regu latio n s.
Durine normal use of the car. the enginecontr;l unit records a set of data (e g :
travel time, type of route, temperatuTes'etc.) and ic wii l then calculate how muchpaniculates has been trapped by the fi l ter'
Since this filter physically traPs Particulates,it shall be cleanei (reclaimed) at regularintervals by burning carbon Paftlcles
Reclaiming procedure is controlled auto-matically by the engine control unlt ac-
cording'to'the fi l tei conditions and theconditions of use of the car.
rDurinq reclaiming the following pheno"lena could take place: idling sliSht increa$lfan activation. slight smoke increase hr$lexhaust temPeratuTes These situa{io'lshall not be considered as faults and the'ldo not affect car Performance and en$l
TOnment.
If the dedicated message is displayed, tufer to section "Warning l iShts and me!
sages".
|om-
hightonsthe/envi-
t, re-mes-
gAF]U-V DIYIEESSEAT BELTS
S.B.R. SYSTEM
PRETENSIONERS
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY
FRONT AND SIDE AIR BAGS
SIDE AIR BAGS
t00
t0t
t02
t04
t09
0
|4
PRESETTING FOR I' 'IOUNTING THE.UNIVERSAL ISOFIX" CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
EB
ce$gg€
=a
a€
ze?z' ,=
=Ee
<6
€
==
SEAT BELTS
USING THE SEAT BELTS
The belt should be worn keePing the cheststraight and rested against the seat back.
To fasten the seat belts, take hold thetongue A-fig. I and insert it into the buck-le B-fig. l, unti l hearing the lockint click.
At removal, if i t iams, let it rewind for ashon stretch, then pull it out again with-out jerking.
To unfasten the seat belts, press buttonC-fig. |. Guide the seat belt with yourhand while it is rewindinE, to Prevent itfrom twisting.
Through the reel, the belt automaticallyadapts to the body ofthe Passenger wear-ing it, allowing freedom of movement
When the car is parked on a steep slopethe reel mechanism may bloc( this is nor-mal. The reel mechanism prevents thewebbing coming out when it is jerked orif the car brakes sharply, in a coll ision orwhen cornering at high speed.
The rear seat is fitted with inertial seat beltswith three anchor points and reel f ig. 2.
Rear seat belts shall be worn as showttithe figure.
IMPORTANT When using side and cotral seat belts at the same time, fasten fnthe side seat belt and then the centraloul
N€Yer Press button C wheitravelling,
r00
Never press button C-tig. Iwhen travelling,
Remember thdt in the eyentof o violent collision, bock
sedt Possenge6 not weodng s€dt bertJorso rePresent a serious donger forthe front sedt Possengers.
S.B.R. SYSTEMThe car is f itted with the S.B.R. system(Seat Belt Reminder), consisrint of abuzzer which, togerher wirh rhe turningon of warning l ight {. on the instrumentpanel, warns the driver and the front pas-senger to fasten the seat bek.
The buzzer can be deactivated (until thenext engine stop) as follows:
D fasten the driver's seat belt;
O wait for over 20 seconds and then re-lease the driver's seat belt.
For permanent deactivation, contact FiatDealership.
The S.B.R. system can only be resetrhrough the ser-up menu (see section"Warning l ights and messages" at para-graph "Unfastened seat belts").
IMPORTANT Correct backrest fasteningisguaranteed when the "red band" B-fig.J aside levers A-fig, 3 is no longer visible.Ihe "red band'actually indicates rhat thebackrest is not properly secured. Whensetdng the backrest to travellinS positionalw?ys make sure it is properly secured byhearing the locking click.
||'4PORTANT Afrer puning rhe seats backro rheir rravell int posirion. resrore rhesear bek position to make them ready foruse.
96
€=EsEE
ai i
€
aE
10wn in
nd cen-rten firstrtral one.
J
lrl-'_-,-7ll\ Moke sure the bdckrest is
- prcperty secured ot both
sides (red bands B not yisibre) to pre-venl it moves forwqd in the event ofshorp broking cousinr iniudes to pos-sengenr.
s g; i
i i !a;s3€
4€
PRETENSIONERS
To increase the efficiency ofthe seat belts,the car is fitted with front and rear pre-tensioners (where provided). These de-vices, in the event of a violent crash,rewind the seat belts a few centimetres.In this way they ensure that the seat beltadheres perfecdy to the wearer before theresrrainint action begins.
Front pretensioners activation is indicat-ed by buckle withdrawal downwards.
Rear pretensioners (where provided) ac-tivation is indicated by seat belt retractorlocking; the seat belt cannot be drawnback up when guiding it manually.
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest de-Eree of protection from the acdon of thepretensioning device. wear the seat beltkeeping it f irmly close to the chest andpelvis.
Pretensioner activation may produce asmall amount of smoke. This smol<e is inno way toxic and presents no fire hazard.
The pretensioner does not require anymarntenance oT 8reasrn8.
Anything that modifies its oritinal condi-tions invalidates its efficiency.
lf due to unusual natural events (floods,seas stoTm, etc.) the device has been af-fected by water and mud, it must neces-sarily be replaced.
LOAD LIMITERS
To increase passenger's safety, the frontand rear (where provided) seat belt reelscontain a load limiter which allows con-trolled sag in such a way as to dose theforce acting on the chest and shouldersduring the belt restraining action in caseof front crash.
The pretensioner cqnbe used once. After o
sion thot has triggered it, hdveploced ot o Fiat DealershiP. Ptsioner volidity is written on theset on the door contour sheetPretensioners should beFidt Dealership os this ddteDrooches.
, Operotions which leod I
A f :ff f; "'lJ#' :' ; ;;"8"i'J,'moximum of 6 hours) in I
oreo oround the Dretensioners ncouse damoge or trigger them. Thtdeyices ore not offected by vibrotilcoused by irregulorities ofthe roodifoce or low obstocles such qs kerbr, (Contoct d Fict Dealershiq for on'!sistonce.
z=<;;
€
t02
IIylt-e-n-el,t.dtp-
toied
oheoYtsern5ul-tc.os-
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FORUSING THE SEAT BELTS
The driver must comply with (and haverhe car occupants foll iwl ail rhe local le-Salre$,lations concerning rhe use of seatbels. Always fasten the seat belts beforesiafting.
Seat beits are also to be worn by expec-tan! mothers: the risk of injury in the caseoiaccident is greatly reduced for them andthe unborn child if they are wearing a seatDe[.
0fcourse they must position the lowerpart of the belt very low down so that itprsses under the abdomen (as i l lustratednlig.4).
the obdomen of the possenger. Donot use ony objects (pegs, stoppers,etc.) to keep the belts owoy from thebody.
seqt belts of the front and rear pos-sengeru qre fostened ot oll times! Youincreose the sk of serious injury ordeoth in o collision if you tovel withthe belts unfostened.
t lwffinEm mtwmrcM[\ me aen slould not be twist- /lN for moximum sofety, keep
- ed. The uPper port should
- the bock of your seot up-
poss oyer the shoulder ond cross the right,leqn bqckinto it ond moke sureposs oyer the shoulder ond cross the right,leqn bqckinto it ond moke surechest diogonolly. The lawer port the seot belt fts closely ocross yourshould odhere to the pelyis ond not chest ond hips. Moke sure thst the
i-..',r.-i i. i.ir: ir-: '::
r" ' . . -
'n l ' ' .: !,:;: l l:,:, :,:.r
Under no circumstoncesshould the components of
the sedt belts ond pretensioners betampered with or removed. Any op-erotion should be corried out by quol-ified ond outhorised personnel. Al-ways .ontoct o Fiat Deole$hip.
t03
EAEz6i t
=42
omple ofter and occident, it shourd bechinged comPletely together withthe oncho6, onchor fostening screwsond the pretension ers. ln foa, even ifthe belt hos no visible defects, it couldhdve lost its resilience.
wearing adequate restraint systems.
This is even more important for childrel
This prescription is compulsory in allE([countries accordins to EC Directi\t2003t201Ec.
For optimal protection in the event oltJcrash, all passengers must be seated afi
Compared wich adults, their head is P'oponionally larger and heavier than the'elof rhe body, while the muscles and boft
HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENTCONDITIONS
D Alwavs use the belt with the tape tautand never twisted: make sure that it isfree to run without impediments.
O After a serious accident, rePlace thebelt beins worn at that t ime, even ifit does not appear damaged. Alwaysreolace the seat belts if Dretensionershave been activated.
CARRYING CHITDRENSAFETYffthe bert hos been subiect-
ed to heovy stress, for ex-
Never trovet with o chird sit-
z==-
ting on the Possenge/s ,oPwith o single bett to Protect themboth. Do not fonen other obiects to
To clean the belts, wash by hand withneutral soap, rinse and leave to dry inthe shade. Never use strong deter-gents, bleach or dyes or other chem-ical substance that might weaken thefibres.
Prevent the reels from Settint wet:their correct operation is only Suar-anteed if water does not get inside.
Replace the seat belt when showingsiSnificant wear or cut si8ns.
structure are not completely developedTherefore, coTrec! restraint systems aftnecessary, other than adult seat belts. Thresults of research on the best child resrraint systems are conained in the European Standard EEC-R44. This Sundard erforces the use of restraint systems clasified in five groups:
Group 0 - 0- l0 kg in weight
Group 0+ - 0- | 3 kg in weight
Group | 9- l8 G in weiSht
Group 2 l5-25 kg in weight
Group 3 22-36 kg in weight
the bod)r.
z=
ad
, furt may be_nored, rhe groups overlaoFrfl), anc In tact. in commerce it is Dos_loe to llnd devlces that cover ry19;" i;,t"none \ryetght group.
Allresrainr devices must bear the cerr,_ftalon dara, rogether with the control0nn0, on a solidly fixed labelwhich musciosotutety never be removed_
Over 1.50 m in helght, from the poinr otyrcw ol resrrajnt systems. children arecoltstoered.as adults and wear rhe seato€rL5 normally.
lineaccesori Fiat offers seats for eachwetgntgroup, which are the recommend-e0cnorce. as rhey have been designed anduperrmented specifically for Fiaicars.
ml@frl\ SERTOUS DANGER: Never- ploce crodle child's sea:66f) locrng bockwards on the[d\$ (ort-Possenger seot of cors\r7 Jrrred with possenge/s oir
,. , oog srnce th e oir bog activo_'f :"':i'f "';#r#i;i,{J,:::*70.ioren crtways on the reor seo4 is this15 .ne nort protected position in the<ase ol a crosh. ln ony cose, children,sseors must obsotute ly not be frtted on
itii:{#f ;t;i;{f iff :fi", jcouse senous injury, even mortol, re_
zi ;:;T;,? ##" ;.;' ;.1,'sness of the
#il:ti:;:,T:J2it:t:.f;.twttn, possengefs oir bog deoaiv'otion.
n"..2r::!ir:;lfi!ri'r:1.uotion hos actuq y tot
"n ftl.Jli""putagr@pn yont and side oir bois otpornt lront passengefs ab bod:The;ront.possenger,s seot shall 6e od_,usred rn the most backword Dosition
n,,!:: : : ::,:X'o ":itr:o
ct . b etw e e n
tor
s*g*
e2"-:
39H
<25
GROUP 0 and 0+ fig. 7
Babies up to l3 l1g must be carried facingbackwards on a cradle seat, which, suP-porting the head, does not induce stresson the neck in the event of sharp decel-eration.
The cradle is restrained by the car seatbelts and in turn it must restrain the childwith its own belts.
GROUP I
Starting from 9 l<g to l8 lg in weight, chil-dren may be carried facing forwards, withseat f itted with front cushion, throughwhich the car seat belt restrains both childand seat fig. 8.
GROUP 2
Starting from l5 l1g to 25 kg in weigtrdren may be restrained directly bythebelts. The only function of the seatiposirion the child correctly in relatiothe belts, so that the djagonal part adhto the chest and not to the neck andthe horizontal part clings to the chpelvis and not the abdomen fig.9.
The figure is only on exrple for mounting. AtNoil
the instructions for fastening wl.must be enctosed with the sPetchild restroining system you olre us
The figure is only on exomPle for mounting. Attoin to the instructionsfor fostening which must be enclosed with the specir?c child redroin-
ing system you ore using.
Seots exist which ore suitoble for covering weigit grouPs 0 ond I witho reor connection to the cor berts ond their own belts to restrdin the
child. Due to their 5ize, they con be dongerous ifinstorled incorrectly fastenedto the cdr berts with o cushion, Corefully follow the instructions for instollo-tion Provided with the seal-
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ONCHILD'S SEAT USEYour car complies w-ith the new European Direcrive 2000i3/EC regulatinq child,s seatassembling on rhe different car sears accordjng to the followinq tab%:
i ie
s€:3=r==E
<I;
e
F;
SEAT
GroupRange of Frontweight passenger
Rearside
Group I 9- l8 kg u (t)
CentralPassenger
DassengFr
Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U (v) U *
chil-e car15 to,n toreresthatr i ld 's
Group 3
Fo" children from 22 kg ro 36 ks rhe sizeofthe chrld s chesr no-ionger riquires asuppon ro space rhe child's back from rheseal DacK.
Fig. l0 shows proper child sear posi-tonlng on me rear seat.
Children taller than | .50 m can wear seacbehs like aduhs.
The ligure is only an exom-ple for mounting. Attoin to
Group 2 15-25 kg u (v)
Group 3 22-36 kt u (')
Ito
ich'ficng.
Key:
U = suirable.for child restraint systems^of.rhe ,.Universal,, categorT, according to Eu_ropean Standard EEC-R44 for rhi specified ..Groups".
(V) on cars no,r fltted wirh passenger,s seat adjustable in height, the sear back shall beposirioned perfeccly uprighr.
(x) Never mount child restraint systems on the rear central seat.
tie instructions for fostining whichmust be encrosed with the sOecittcchild restrqining synem you are usiig.
107
-Below is a summary of the rules ofsafety to be followed for carrYingchildren:
D The recommended Position for in-stall inS child's seat is on the rear seat,as it is the most protected in the caseof a crash.
D lf the passenger's air bag is deactivat-ed always check the amber warnintlipht on the cluster to make sure thatiihas actually been deactivated.
0 Aftain to the instructions for fasteningthe specific child restraint systemwhich you are usin8. These instruc-tions must be provided bY the manu-facturer. Keep the child restraint sys-tem installation instructions with thecar documents and this Handbook.Never use a child restraint sYstemwithout installation instructions.
O Always check the seat belt is wellfas-tened by pull ing the webbing.
fl Only one child is to be strapped toeach retaining system.
Always check the seat belts do not fitaround the child's throat.
While travell ing, do not let the childsit incorrecdy or release the belts.
Passengers should never carry childrenon their laps. No-one, however strongthey are, can hold a child in the eventof a crash.
In case if an accident, replace the seatwith a new one.
In ccrs ftted with Possengeroir bdg never Pldce child's tu
strqint systems on the front seot since<hildrei shall never be seoted on the
fipnt Possenger seot.
o
J
c€s=fz=qs
==<6=*
a€
I
r08
PRESETIING FORMOUNTING THE'uNtvERSAI |SOFtX"CHIID RESTRAINTSYSTEMIhrs car is preser for mounting rhe Uni-versallsofix child resrrainr systEm. a newEuropean standardised system for carry-ingchildren safely.
Fig. ll shows a child restraint system byway or examDte.
The Universal lsofix child's seat coversw€ight group: L
DJe to its djfferenc anchorinp syslem. tneUn'versal lsofix child's searlhall be an-chored.to the proper lower metal ringsA'fig. 12, set between rear seat back a;dcushion, The upper belt (provided withthe child's seat) shall be then secured roing B-lig, l3 set on rear seat backresr.
his possible to mount at the same timeboth the traditional restraint system andthe "Universal lsofix" one.
Remember thar in case of Universal lsofixchild's seat, you can only use all thosereac approved wirh rhe marking ECER44/03 "Universal lsofix".
At Lineaccessori Fiat is available rhe Uni-versal lsofix" "Duo Plus" child's seat.
ng. ll Folo3rsh
For any funher installatlon/use detail, re-fer to the "lnstructions Manual" that musrbe provided by the child restraint systeml'lanufacturer.
9,3
!?gs
sEg
€
2
-EMount the child restroint
- synem only with the car sto-tionory. The lsofix chird restroint sys-tem is properly onchored to ihemounting brockets when clicks areheord. ln ony cose, keep to the in-stollotion instructions ttot must beprovided by the child restroi.tt synemManufocturer-
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE \^r'ITH REGULATIONS ONUNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD'S SEAT USE
The table below, according to ECE l6 European Directive, shows the different instal-lation possibi ir ies of Universal lsofix restrajnt systems on seats fitted with lsofix fas-!eners.
Child's seat lsofixorientation class
Range of weight lsofix posit ionside rear
Group 0 ro 0Ig Fac ng brcl,wards
Facing backwards
Group 0+ to 13 l<g Facing backwards
,
FRONT AND SIDE AIRBAGS
The car is f itted with fronr air bags for thtdriver, for the passenger and with drivertl<nees air bag (where provided).
The front driver / passenger air bags anithe driver's l<nees air bag (where provid.ed) have been designed to protect the orcupants in the event ofhead-on crashesolmedium-high severity, by placing the cu$.lon between the occupanr and the steeing wheel or dashboard.
Front air bags are designed to protectcar's occupants in fronr crashes and there.foTe non-activation in other types ofco.l is ions (s ide col l is ions, rear shunts, ro l fovers, etc.) is not a system malfuncton
In case of crash, an electronic control un(when required, triggers the inflation ofthecushlon. The cushion immediately inflalesplacing itself as a protection between thebody ofthe front occupants and the strLrc.ture that could cause injuries. immediate.ly after, rhe cushion deflates.
The front driver / passenger air bags andthe driver's l<nees air bag (where provid.ed) are not a replacement of but comple.mentary to the use of belts, which shouldrlways be wo n. as specified by law r E..rope and most non EuroPean countrles.
Facing bac <wards
Facrng backwards
Group l - 9to 18 l<g
Facing bacl,walds
Facing forwards
c
B IUF
Facing forwards BI IUF
Facing forwards IUF
IUF: suitable for lsofix child restTaint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class(fitted with third upper fastener), approved for the weight group.
lL: suitable for lsoflx TYPE child restraint systems, specific and approved for this typeof car. The child's seat can be installed bv moving forward the front seat.
I t0
I
tneer's
softsh-)er-
Attheir maximum inflation, their volumeliils most of the space between the dash-board and the passenger.
lncase ofcrash, a person not wearing theseat bek moves forward and may come in-to contact with the cushion while it is sti l linflating. Under this circumstance the pro-tection offered by the air bag is reduced.
Front air bag may not be activated in theIolovving situations:
0 in coll isions against highly deformableobjects not affecting the car fTont sur-face (e.g. bumper coll ision againsttuard rail, etc.);
Do not opply stickers or oth-er objects to the steering
wheel or to the oir bqg cover on thepossenge/s side or on the side rooflining. Never put objects on tfie dqsh-hooid on passenger side since they.ould interfere with proper oir bag in-flotion .
J in case of wedging under other vehi-cles or protective barriers (for exam-ple under a trucl< or guard rail). rhe airbag is not triggered as it offers no ad-ditional protection compared with theseat belts, consequently it would bepoindess. Therefore, failure to comeinto action in the above circumstancedoes not mean that the system is notworking properly.
In minor crashes (for which the rescrain-ing action ofthe seat belts is sufficient), theair bags are notdeployed. Also in this caseit is of vital importance to wear the seatbelts since in case of side crash they guar-antee proper positioning of the occupantand prevent the occupants to be pitchedout of the car in case of violent crashes.
DRIVER'S FRONT AIR BAG fig. l4
It consists of an instanc-inflacins cushioncontained in a special recess in the cen-tre of the steerinp wheel.
anovid-
ec!tre-:ol-o Il-on.
nit,cne€s,:neuc-
ndid-te-JIA
:u-3S.
it,:;
cl*g:
:5 i,:j
as
:;e
a l : ' - " \ , - / - : " .r Y, -"
. \ i
\ i i- - ' r l ' \ r l - -J
\ . . t "
SERTOUS DANGER; With
- possenger's o,ir bag active,
never ploce child's seots with the cro-
HE
=€ssgg
PASSENGER'S FRONT AIR BAGfig. 15
It consists of an instant-inflating cushioncontained into a soecial recess in thedashboard, this cushion has a volume big-qer than that of the driver.
dle focing bocl<wards since the oir bdgottivotion could couse to the chird se-fiout injuries, even mortol, tn the coseof need, olwoys deoctivqte the Pos-senger's air bog when o child's seotis ploced on the front seotThe front Pdsseng€/s seot sholl be o&iusted ir th€ most b qcl<wqrd positionto prevent onY contoct betweenchild's seot ond doshboord. Even ifnot compulsory by low, you ore rec-ommended to reactivote the oir bog
{ ig. l5
DRIVER'S KNEES AIR BAG(where provided) fig. 16
Knees air bag consists of an instanting cushion housed into a special
immediotely os soon ss child trcns-Port ir no tonger necessdr)r.
at!E
a€
parrmenr provided for the purpose unde'the steering wheel at driver's knees lev.el, designed to give further protection lnthe event of frontal crash.
i l2
When the door is open, the key can be ln-serted and removed in both posirions
llt ' lPORTANT Operare the switch onlywhen rhe engine is not running and the ig_nruon Key ts removed.
The key-operated swirch has rwo posi-uons:
o
The warning l ight on the cluster stays onPermanently unti l reactivating rhe passen-ger s. tront air bag and side bag (whereProvroeo).
flat-
MANUAL DEACTIVATION OFPASSENGER'S FRONT AIR BAGAND SIDE BAG(where provided) fig. l7
Shorld rt be absolutely necessary to car-Tachild on the fronr seat rhe passenEer'si'onrair bag and che side bag (where-pro-Yded) can be deactivared.
Deacriva on/acrivarion ukes place by op-endng rhe special key swirch located or,rlredashboard on passenger side wirh theemerSency metal inseft inside the remotecontrol. You can reach the switch only iffle 0oor ts open.
passenger's fronr air bag and side bag(where provided) activared (ON po-sit ion): warning l ight |/R on instru-ment cluster off; i t is absolutely pro-hibited to carry a child on the front
passenger's front air bag and side bar(where provided) deaclivated (OFFposition): warning light ly'( on initru-ment cluster on; jt is possible to car-ry a child protected by special restraintsystem on the front seat.
o
ts=
o3rur
=s;=q*
at j
4
aE
f,m-rderlev-ntn
SIDE AIR BAGS
The car is fitted with front side bags fordriver and passenger (where provided),front and rear window bags (where Pro-vided) for protecting front and rear oc-cupanCs head, rear side bags for driver andpassenger (where provided).
Side bags (where provided) Protect caroccupants from side crashes of medium-high severity. by placing che cushion be-tween the occupant and the internal Paftsof the side structure of the car.
Non-activation of side bags in other tyPesof coll isions (front coll isions, rear shunts,roll-overs, etc...) is not a system malfunc-tion.
ln case of side crash, an electronic controlunit. when required rriggers the inflationof the cushion. The cushion immediatelyinflates, placing itself as a protection, be-tween the occupant's body and the struc-ture that could cause injuries. lmmediate-ly after, the cushion deflates.
Side bags (where provided) are not a re-placement of but complementary to thebelts, which you are recommended to al-ways wear, as specified by law in Europeand most non-European countTies.
SIDE WINDOW BAGS. HEADPROTECTION (where provided)fig. 19
They are "cunain" cushions locatedhind the side coverings of the roofcovered by proper finishings, studied
f ig. l8
FRONT AND REAR SIDE BAGS -CHEST PROTECTION(where provided) fig. l8
These side bags consist of wo cypes of in-stant inflation cushions housed in the seatback rests and designed to jncrease Pro-tection of the occupants' chest in theevent of a side crash of medium-highseveraty.
the head protection to offer the besttection to the front and rearin the event of side crash, thanks towide cushion inflation surface.
IMPORTANT In the event of sideyou can obtain the best protection bysystem keePrng a correct Posloon onseat, allowing thus correct side bag unling.
i; *'
E
=€
i l4
i . rI i:_: ::l
i i i . l
ld)r
le
n,letej-
IYPORTANT The fronc air bags and/orside bags may be deployed ifthe car is sub-ject to heavy l<nocks or accidents involv-18 rhe underbody area. such as for ex-anole violent shocl<s. against sreps. kerbsor low obsracles. fail ing of the car in bigholes or sags in the road.
IIaPORTANT When che airbag inflares iremtsa smallamounr ofdusts. These dusr.sare harmless and is nor rhe beginning ofaiifeithen the unfold cushion surface andthecar interiors can be covered by a dustyrcmains: this dust can irritate skin andeles. lr case of conracc. wash yourself us-int neutral soap and wateT. Expirationdates of pyrotechnic charge and coil con-tact are indicated on the label set on thedoor edge plate. As rhese dates approach,(onracr F,it Dealership to have them re-Pracec.
l l ' IPORTANT Should an accident occur inwhich any of the safety devices is activat-ed, take the car to a Fiat Dealership tohavethe devjces activated replaced and tohave fie system checl<ed.
All control, repair and replacement op-erations concerning the air bags must on-ly be carried our c/o Fiat Dealership.
lf you are having the car scrapped, havethe air bag system deaccivated at a FiacDealership first. lf the caT changes own-ership, the new owner must be informedof the method of use of air bags and theabove warnings and also be given this"Owner Handbook".
IMPORTANT The triggering of preten-sioners, fronr air bags and side bags {fronrand rear) is decided in a differentiaredmanner by the electronic control unit, de-pending on the type of crash. The failureto deploy one or more ofthem does notmean that the system is not worl<ing prop-erly
Never rest head, arms ondelbows on the door, on the
windows snd inthe window bdg areato preyent possible injuries during in-fldtion Phose.
Neyer leon head, arms ondelbows out of the window.
i l5
The switch can be reached only with tail-
tate oPen.
IMPORTANT Operate the switch onlywhen the engine is not runningand the ig-nition key is removed. The key-operatedswitch has two positions:
O rear side bags activated (ON Position):warning l ight b on instrument paneloff; it is absolutely forbidden to carrychildren on rear seats;
D rear side bals deactivated (OFF posi-tion): warning l ight rh on insrumentpanel on; it is Possible to transPortchildren protected bY ProPer re-straints on the rear seats.
The warning light on the instrumentel stays on permanently untilthe reabats are reactivated.
=
=
MANUAL DEACTIVATION OFREAR SIDE BAGS(where provided) lig. 20
Should it be absolutely necessaTy to car-ry a child on the rear seats, the rear sidebags (where provided) can be deactivat-ed.
To deactivate/reactivate rear side bags,use the emergency metal insert set insidethe remote control to oPerate the keyswitch located in the boot under the rearparcel shelf, as shown in the figure.
=fr=
z=
i l5
I pan-r stde
GENERAL WARNINGS
lf when turning the ignitionkey to ON, the warniig ligltt
1/l\ Never trovel with obiects on- your iap, in front of yourchest or with o pipe, pencil, eic, be_
an ottempt to steo, it hos
v. d" * iii ii i' i:," l, ii' ;;L'; ::: ;vnen |/ove ing (together with thetvhen trcvetting 1tog.ti", iif,- tiimesJoge or the disploy) there could
tween your lips; injury moy rcsult inthe eyent of the air bog being trig-gereo,
been mode, if it hoi been subr'ected tovondols or floods, hove thi air bogsystem <hecked by Fiot Deolership,
De$oge on theh o foilure in sofeiy sfitems; in tfiisercnt oir bsgs or pretensioners couldnotttigget in cose of impact or, in aninor number of coses, they couldttiffrr occidentolly, Contoct Fiottigger occidentolly. Contict FiorDeolerchip immediitely to hqve thesldem checked.
Do not coyer the bockrest offront ond reor seots wiri
tins ot covers thaN ore not suitdblelo be 0sed with side bogs.
Ittted into the ignitio n device, io sofe-ty-s',stem (q.ir bogs or pretension;rs)is tfiggered in the event of on imf,act;in this cose- ldilurc 16 .;^^ i^+:^ --in thf's cose, foilure to come intb oc-
'''''''- the.steering wheel rim when H ftted iniotii igniiin d.rrc"d:::!e,."?_r!!:f .rhe oir bos is tris_
"""" i1tti"
"n!i* i,
'io?'il;ire, tn"
t, , r,,,5, rv .rf u. 't .'E utr oos ts arrg_ eyen il the engine iJ not running, thegered,.it con inflote without-meetiig oi: aigl.
^oyiilrig;"iZ"in o,ro_ony obstocles which could couse sen- fion.,rv cdr if i, i. hr6r\at h- ^-^.1u"f wu'.uqes wnrcn coutd cduse sen:_ tionorl cor if it is bimped by anoth_oushotmtolou.Donotd ve with the er mo||ine ,r. Tharara*er moving cor. Theref6rc, neyer seot
=?8=gg
aE
body bent forwords, keep the seot iniiarii'Zi ii.'ii"ri,r""o'i li'", ,r,""bock restjn the erect position ond leon the cor is st rtiondrv- on tha a+h^,zZ
€your bock well ogainst itthe cor i.s stationory. On the otherhand.remember thoi if the key i, notfithd into the
tion cqnnot be considered os o sisnthqt the system is n ot wo*ing proip-erry.
lf the cor hos been stolen or
|7
/lN Wtren the ignition key is
- turned to ON, the worning
Iight Ure (with possengey's front ondside oir bas deoctivqtion switch qtside oir bag deoctivqtion switch qtON) wil, fl5t turn on with fixed lightond then will stort tlashing for fewseconds to remind thdt possengey's oirbog will be deplo\led in o crash, of-ter which it should Eo off.
TTIEZt[INil/ll\ When the ignition key is
- turned to ON, the worning
The oir bog does nottute the seot berts, but
increoses their effectiveness.Moreover, since the frcnt air bogtnot come into oqerotion in theof frcnt impqqt ot low qPee4 sidelisions, bumps from behind or oturning in these citcumstoncesoccupdnts would onlY be
ra9n
=Eg
=S
The front oir bag is triggered
- forshock greoter in mogni-
tude trrot the Dretensioners. For im-bocts between these tlvo tftresholds,it is therefore normol thot only thepretensioners are triggered.
by the seot belts which munalwoys be fostened.
7^IEI7A\ oo not trook rigid obiects to
- the coot hooks ond to the
support hondles.=
:i€
light\4e (with possenger's reo. sideoir bag deactivation switch qt ON)wilt fiit tum on with fixed light on<lthen wilt stort floshing fur few secondsto remind thdt possenge/s reor sidebogs will be dePloyed in o crosh, of-ter which it should go off.
GOR';IUGT UgE OF UilE GARSTARTING THE ENGJNE
PARKING
USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX
ELECTRONTC AUTOMATTC TRANSt.ItSStON ...........
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS
TOWING TRAILERS
sNow TYRES.........SNOW CHAINS
CAR INACTIVITY
==
t20t23t24t25r30t3lt34t35r36
i; si
c€c=e.3=gsI
ts tothe
aia
€
=
s therctedefore
ENGINE STARTINGThe car is f itred with an elecrronic enginelock device: if the enqine fails to stan, seethe paraqraph "The Fiat CODE system insection iDashboard and controls".
The engine may be noisier than usual dur-ing the first seconds of operation, espe-cia-llv after it has not been used for a while.Thij characteristic feature ofthe hydraulictappet system does noc compromise func-tionaliry or reliabil i ty. This timing systemfor petrol engines was adoPted to l imitseryrcrnP.
STARTING PROCEDURE FORPETROL VERSIONS
Proceed as follows:
D Ensure that the handbrake is uP;
O pur the gear lever into neutral (post-tions P or N for automatic transmts-sion);
0 press the clutch pedal (or brake ped-al with automatic transmission) downto the floor without pressing the ac-celerator;
O turn the iSnition key to START anolet itgo the momentthe engine starts.
lf the enqine does not start at the first at-tempt, r6turn the ignition key to OFF be-fore repeating startinS.
IMPORTANT In the event of fast entinestart-up (i.e.: f i tt int the iSnition key andturning it to ON), any slight iamming is tobe aftributed to correct recognition ol theelectronic key by the itnition switch.
ing, etc.).
Running the engine in con.,lned oreosiscxtr€mely don'
gerous. The engine contumes oxyS€rond Produces corbon monoxidewhich is o highl\t toxic ond lethol go|-
(e.g.: excessive occelerotiolIong ioumeys ot top sPeed, shorP hol.
t20
ngotce
'k-
s=s
gEE
a€
,dlont,n
I
r
ll"lPoRTANT lf when fitting the key intothe ignirion swirch, rhe mulcifunccion dis-play shows the message stating that theeiecronic key has nor been recognised,'enove and refit rhe key; if rhe problempersists rry wirh the other keys providedwith the car. lf you sti l l cannot start theengine, contact Fiat Dealership.
IIYPORTANT lf it is not possible to turnthe ignition key to ON, Temove the emer-gercy key, f it ir into slot A.fig. I ro un-lock the ignicron switch: then, turn rhe kevto ON aid follow the stanine proc"Ju.lConract Fiar Dealershrp.
II4PORTANT Never leave the ignition keyinto_-rhe itnicion switch when ihe engineis off. In rhis event, when opening che dri-ver's door. a buzzer wil l sound for abourI secono.
STARTING PROCEDURE FORMULTUET VERSTONS
Proceed as follows:
O Ensure that the handbrake is up;
0 Put che gear lever inro neutral (posi-tions P or N for automaric tranimis-sion);
O Turn che ignition key co ON: rnewarning l iShrs ?tO and fl) on rhe in-strument panel wil l turn on;
-' l Wair for rhe -warning
l ighrs 1tO andU it to turn ofi. the horrer the engineis, the quicker this wil l happen;
0 Press the clutch pedal (or bral<e ped-al wrth auromaric transmission) downto,the floor withouc pressing the ac-ceterator;
'- ' l Turn rhe ignirion key ro START assoon as warning light ,lIO goes out. lfyou wait too long you wil l lose thebenefir ofthe work done by rhe glowplugs. Release the key as soon aitheengine starts.
IMPORTANT With cold engine, the accel-erator pedal shall be completely releasedwhile turning rhe ignirion key to START.
lfthe engine does not start at the first ar-tempq return the ignition key ro OFF be-rore repeattng starting.
IMPORTANT In the evenr of fasr enginestarc-up (i.e.: f irrrng rhe ignirion keyindrurning it to ON), any slighr jammint is roDe attflbuted to correct recognition of theelectronic key by the ignition switch.
II4PORTANT lf when fitting the key intothe ignition switch, the multifunction dis-play shows rhe message scaring thar rheelectronic key has not been recognised,remove and refic rhe key: if rhe problempersists try with the other keys provioeowith the car. lf you sti l l cannot itart theengine, contact Fiat Dealership.
h:/
=*
<6
€
! l3::r
=9tr
z€
IMPORTANT lf it is not possible to turnthe ignition key to ON, remove the emer-gency key, fit it into slot A-fig. I to un-lock the ignition switch; then, turn the keyto ON and follow the starting procedure.Contact Fiat Dealership.
ll'4PORTANT Never leave the ignition keyinto the ignition switch when the engineis off. ln this event, when opening the dri-ver's door, a buzzer wil l sound for abouttsecono.
HOW TO WARM UP THEENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUSTSTARTED (petrol and dieselengines)
Proceed as follows:
-l
Drive offslowly, letting the engine turnat medium revs. Do not accelerateabruptly;
D Do not drjve at full per{ormance forthe init ial l<ilometres. Wait unti l thecoolant temperature gauge startsmoving.
Never bump stort the engineby pushing, towing or coostingdownhil l os this could cousefuel to flow into the cotolytic
exhoust system ond domqge it beyondreboir,
A quick burst on the acceler-otor before turning off the en-gine seryes qbsolutely no Proc-ticql purpose, it wostes fuel
ond is domoging especiolly to tur-bochorged engines.
Remember thot the servo-broke qnd power steedng
orc not operctionol until the enginehos been stoned therefore much ef-fort thon usuol is reguired on thebrake pedol qnd steering wheel,
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Turn the ignition key to OFF whileengine is idling.
IMPORTANT After a taxing drive,should allow the engine to "catchbreath" before turning it off by lettingidle to allow the temperature in thegine compartment to fall.
IMPORTANT lf the engine is turnedwhile the car is still moving, for safetysons it wil l be impossible to removekey from the ignirion switch. Tothe kev. turn it to ON and then towith the car stopped without forcing atmoval.
>glE!2**
122
while rhe
rive, youcatch itsletting it) the en-
rneq oftfety rea-rove theremoveto OFFn8 ar re-
IVPORTANT lf afrer turning the enSineoffwith the car stopped, it is not possi.bie ro remove the key from (he igni(ioniwirch. rry co turn it co ON and chen to0FF. i 'che problem persists. remove cheenergercy key without forcing and fit i trrc d e proper slot A-fig, 2 in the igni-ton switch; now it wil l be possible to turnrl"e key co OFF and remove it. Conmcrflal Dealership.
PARKING THE CAR
Proceed as follows:
O Stop the engine and engage the hand-oraKe;
3 Engage a gear (on a slope, engage firstgear ifthe car is faced uphil l or reverseif it is faced downhil l l position P withautomatic transmission) and leave thewheels steered.
Blocl< the wheels with a wedge or a stoneif the car is parked on a steep slope. Donot leave the key in the ignition switch toprevent draining the battery. Always re-move the key when you leave the car.
Never leove .hildren unot-tended in the cor. Alwdvs rc-move the ignition key whenleavingthe cor ond toke it out
with you.
HANDBRAKE fig. 3
The handbral<e lever is iocated betweenthe two front seats.
Pullthe handbral<e lever upwards unti l thecaT cannot be moved. Four or f ive clicksare generally enough when the car is onlevel ground while nine or ten may be re-quired if the car is on a steep slope ortaoen.
IMPORTANT lf this is not the case, con-tact Fiat Dealership to have the handbral<eadiusted.
When the handbral<e lever is pulled upand the ignition l<ey is at ON the insrru-ment panel warning l ight (O) wil l come on.
; \
r -s€a
=
'a€
To release the handbrake:
3 slighdy liftthe handbrake and press re-lease button A;
D keep button A pressed and lowerthelever. Warning light (O) will turn off.
Press the brake pedal when carryinS outthis operation to prevent the car frommoving accidentally.
USING THE MANUATGEARBOXTo engage the gears, press the clutch ped-al fully and shift the gear lever into one ofthe required positions (the diagram isshown on the knob).
IMPORTANT The car can only be put in-to reverse gear when it has stopped mov-ing completely. With the engine runninS,before engaging the reverse, wait at least2 seconds with the clutch pedalfully downto prevent damage and Srating of the
8ears.
To engage reverse (R) from neutral pro-ceed as follows:
fi8. 4
s€sggs
f id 5
Petrol versions fig. 4
3 shift the lever to the right and thenDACK;
Multiiet versions fig. 5
D lift the sliding ring A under the knoband shjft the lever straight to the leltand then forward.
/ ' . iL. l) '...':-J\- -r- ';1
124
N;To chonge geqrs properlyyou must push the clutch
pedol fully down, ti is ttrerefore es-r€rtiql thot_there is n othing under thepedotsi mqke sure mots ore lying flotonq oo not get in the woy of the ped_
ETECTRONICAUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONThe car may be fitred with 5-speed {oetrorversions) or 6-speed {Mulcij i t veriions)automattc rransmission with electroniccontrol. Gears are shifted automaticallyaccordrng to insEnt car parameters ofuse(speed and accelerator pedal position).Gears can however be shifted manually us-rnt transmission in sequential mode.'IMPORTANT Read carefully the follow-lng potnts to learn how to use the elec_rrontc automatic transmission ri{ht fromthe starr
Do not drive with your handresting on the geor reyer os thelorc€. exerted, even if slight,coutd teod oyer time t0 bre_weqr on the georbox internql
GEAR LEVER fig. 6P Parking
R Reverse
N ldle
ngtute D
+
Drive, automatic forward gear
To upshift in sequentjal mode
To downshift in sequential mode
comPonents.
)b)ft
: - : j
s?l j ]
;qp
DISPLAY
The display shows:
O selected gear (P, R, N, D) and word-ing AUTO, in automatic mode;
al upshift ing or downshift ing (throughditits) in sequential mode.
GEAR LEVER POSITIONS
Parking (P)
Select P co stop mechanically the drivingwneets.
Engage this position only with the car sta-cionary. pull the handbrake if required
Reverse (R)
With tear lever at R, it is not possible tostart the engine.
ld le (N)
This position corresponds to the idle po-sition of a traditional manual gearbox.
With gear lever at N, it is possible to startthe engine.
Engage idle N in case of long stops.
Drive, automatic forward gear (D)
Engage position D for urban and extra-ur-ban use of the car.
frgi',ll*ilfllffi*l
IShifting from N 'Disfretlwhereos for shifting from N"IR or P you hove to Press thtlgeor lever button.
I
€
To shift from P to whoteverposition, with ignition key dtON, press the broke Pedql ondpress the geor lever button,
Reverse sholl only be engdgedwith cor stotionary, engineidling ond accelerotor fully re-leosed.
.^|. Shifing the lever from P tolt-}, e D), from N to D
Gg (N 'D) ond from Rto D(R' D) sholl be only Perforned
with the cor stotionory ond the engineidling.
Shifting from R - N orD is freewhereos for shifting R 'Pyouhove to pre55 the gedr leverbutton,
125
,e the oc.roke sur€
is freermN-)€s5 tfte
ITIGINE STARTING
0 Handbrake engaged and gear lever atPo N: engine can be only staned withthe gear lever in one of these posi-tions.
0 With iever at P press the brake pedaland turn the i8nition key to STARTwlthout pressing the accelerator ped-
0 With lever at N press the brake ped-aland turn the ignition key to STARTwithout pressing the accelerator ped-
ffde engine fails ro scan ar f irsr actemprrur the key to OFF before trying corc5trn.
II'1PORTANT With engine off, never leavedeignicion key at ON co prevenr drarn-|l]g the battery.
II ' IPORTANT: if when travell ingwith gear lever at D or in sequentia-lmode you turn inadvertently the keyto OFF the engine wil l turn off andtnnsmission wil l fail.
Proceed as follows:
O Set gear lever to N and press thebrake pedal
-'l Restart the engine by turning thekey to START and set the gearlever to D.
|| '4PORTANT: Take the utmost care rnthe following conditions: handbrake andbrake pedal released wirh enAine idlint andgear lever ar D, R or sequenrial sinci checar can move,also without pressing rhe ac-ceterator pedat.
The above condition can be used for park-ing in narrow spaces, tal<ing care to op-erate the brake pedal only.
=P.
: . lCf i :c
, to DtoDD(R
vmedngine
Running the engine in con-tined areos is exvemety don-
gerous lhe engine consumes oxygenond Produces corbon monoxidewhich is o highly toxic and lethol gos.
MOVING OFF
Proceed as follows:
O at P position, press the brake peoat;
D
press the gear lever button and movethe gear lever to the required position(D or R);
accelerate gradually; the car moves offand gearshift ing wil l be automatic.
Never leave children undt-tended in the cdr.
s?8={3Fq=
<Ei
€
Shifting from P, with ignitionkey ot ON, is only possiblewith brake pedol pressed.
x=
- -gE!?**
2.=<6
:E
=es=ee=g€
az
SEQUENTIAL MODE
ln seouential mode, the electronic auto-matic transmission works l ike a fixed Searsequential Searbox.
From position D move the gear lever left-wards:
3 move gear lever to +: to uPshift;
O move gear lever to -: to downshift.
Gears aTe displayed by digits on the In-scrument panel. Non-scop monitoring car-ried out by transmission control unit ex-cludes whatever possibil i ty of error.
Downshift ing (or upshift ing) is only Pos-sible if engine rpm enables it.
ln sequential mode, electronic transmls-sion control can however intervene in self-adapting mode by shift ing gears automat-ically when enSine rpm exceeds or falls be-low the admitted rpm limit.
When stopping the car with a gear high-er than lst gear, transmission wil l setau-tomatically at lst gear.
When sroppinS the car under poor gripconditions (snow, ice), at next stafting thetransmission control unit could engage agear higher than I st gear to prevent wheelslipping. This shall not be considered as afault
IMPORTANT: in the event of excessiveoil temperatures (see section "Warninglights and messages"), the electronic con-trol intenr'enes excluding sequential modeand activating automatic mode in order tosafeguard tiansmission l ife. Sequentialmodi wil l be resumed as soon as regularoperatinS temPeratures afe TestoTed.
l-AUTOMATIC MODE I
D can be selected from sequential mode Iunder whatever driving condition.
When passing from sequential mode to D,the gear to engage is selected by trans'mission control unit according to enginerpm and speed (accelerator pedal pos'tion).
Low engine power demand wil l resuk tlong geirs engagement and reduced fuelconsumption. Increasing speed by pres'inq the accelerator will automatically en.gage short gears that wil l result in im-proved performance as to pickuP and ac'celeration: in this case fuel consumptionwill increase.
For speedy pickup:
D press the accelerator pedal f lat-out,ihe kick-down device will cut in to oo.tain max. performance in terms ofpickup and acceleration. In this case fu'el consumption will obviously increase.
IMPORTANT When driving under Poorgrip conditions (snow. ice. etc.l avoid toengage the kick-down device.
r28
ooe
TAIIURE INDICATIONS
hiiu.es ro rhe electronic auromatic rrans-rflJson is Indicared by the rurning ofwarn-irg,ighr E3 on the insrrumenr-panel to-Fther with the dedicated message on themultifunction display (see section "Warn-i|rg lights and messages").
Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-bleto have the fault removed.
STOPPING THE CAR
PARKING THE CAR
Engge the handbrake and sergear lever tol '. Leave the wheels steered. Block rhewheels with a wedge or a stone if the caris parked on a steep slope.
Do not leave the ignition key at ON toprevenr draining the battery. Always re-move the key when you leave the car.
TOWING THE CAR
IMPORTANT Comply with current localregulations to tow the car.
lfthe car is to be towed, observe the fol-lowing recommendations:
O transport the car, if possible, on theflatbed of a wrecl<er oT maintenancevehicle;
D should this not be possible, tow thecar with rhe front driving wheelsraised from ground.
For towing the car, the gear lever shall beset to N.
Do not stort the engine whentowing the cor.
Foilure to obserye the oboyeinstructions could sefiouslydamage the outomqtic troni-mission.
Neyer leaye children unot-tended in the cor.
a| iE
aE
)D,ms-Ine)si-
: tnuel
)n-m-
cn
rt,A
rf
o
i : :a€a
Io stop the car:
0 release the accelerator pedal;
I nrocc tho hrr lza ^. .1 ' l
II ' IPORTANT With the car on a slopingrcad and enSine running, keep the car$oDped just using rhe brake pedal. do norpfess the accelerator pedal.
With the car parked with engine runningind Sear lever ar D. R or in sequential'rode, keep rhe brake pedal pressed topfevent car movint off by engine idling.
For long stops set gear lever ro P.
Neyer leoye children unot-tended in the con
BUZZER WARNINGS
The warning buzzer wil l sound and P po-sit ion wii lf lash for a few seconds when theignition key is at OFF and the gear leveris not set at P.
lgnition key can only be removed withgear lever at P.
CONTAININGRUNNING COSTS
HeTe aTe some suggestions which mayhelp you to keep the running costs ofyourcar down and lower the amounc of toxicemissions released into the atmosphere.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Car maintenance
Have checks and adjustments carried outin accordance with the "Service schedule".
Tyres
Checl< the pressure of the ryres routtne-ly at an interval of no more than 4 weeks:if the pressure is too low, consumptionlevels increase as resistance to roll ing ishigher.
Unnecessary loads
Do not travel with too much lugSagestowed in the boot. The weight ofthe car(especially when driving in town) and itstrim greatly affects consumption and sta-bil i ty.
Roof racldski rack
Remove the roof rack or the ski rack fromthe roof as soon as they are no lonterused. These accessories lower air Pene-tration and adversely affect consumptionlevels. When needing to carry particular-ly voluminous objects, preferably use atra eT.
Electric devices
Use electric devices only for the amountof time needed. Rear heated window, ad-ditional headlights, windscreen wipers andheater fan need a considerable amount ofenergy, therefore increasing the require-ment of current increases fuel consump-tion (up to +25% in the urban cycle).
Climate control
The air conditioner is an additional loadwhich gready affeca the engine leading tohigher consumption (on average uP to+20%). When the temperature outsidethe car permits it, use the air vents wherepossible.
Spoilers
The use of non-certif ied aerodynamicitems may adversely affect air drag andconsumPtion levels.
DRIVING STYLE
Starting
Do nor waTm the entine wich che car ala standsti l l or at idle or high speedr unde'rhese conditions the engine warms lpmuch more slowly, increasing electricdconsumption and emissions. lt is thereforeadvisable to move off immediacely. slow.ly, avoiding high speeds. Thts way the en.gine will warm faster.
Unnecessary actions
Avoid accelerating when waiting at trafficlights or before switchint off the engine,This and also double declutchinS is ab.solutely pointless on modern cars and al.so increase consumption and pollution.
Gear selection
As soon as the conditions ofthe traffic androad allow, use a higher gear. Using a lowgear to obtain bri l l iant performance in.creases consumPlon.
In the same way improper use of a highgeaT increases consumption, emissions anengine wear.
: -nG!2==
z=<5
€
=as=teEqc
tE
r30
r
LI
Top speed
Fuel consumption considerably increaseswith speed. Avoid superfluous braking andacceleratint. which cost in rerms of borhlueland emissions.
Acceleration
Accelerating violently increasing the revslrlllgready affect consumption and emis-sions:acceleration should be gradual andshould not exceed the maxjmum torque.
CONDITIONS OF USE
Cold starting
Shortjourneys and frequent cold staru donot allow the engine to reach optimumoperating temperature. This results in adgni{icanc increase in consumprion levelsfrom 15 co -30% on rhe urban cycle)and emission of harmful substances.
Traffic situations and roadconditions
Rather high consumprion levels are tied tosituations with heagr traffic, for examplein queues with frequent use of the lowergears or in cities with many traffic lights.Also winding mountain roads and roughroad surfaces adversely affect consump-tion.
Traffic hold-ups
During prolonged hold-ups (e.g.: levelcrossings) the engine should be switchedoff.
TOWING TRAITERS
IMPORTANT NOTES
For towing caTavans oT trailers the carmust be fitted with a certified tow hookand an adequate electric system. Installa-tion should be carried out by specialisedpersonnelwho release a special documentfor circulation on the road.
Install any specific and/or additional rear-view mirrors as specified by law.
Remember that when toyr' ing a trailer,steep hil ls are harder to climb, the brak-ing spaces increase and oveftaking takeslonger depending on the overall weighr.
Engage a low gear when driving downhil l,rather than constantly using the brake.
The weight the trailer exercs on the cartow hook reduces by the same amountthe actual car loading capacity. To makesure the maximum towable weight is notexceeded (given in the log book) accountshould be taken of the fully laden trailer,includint accessories and personal be-ron8rn8s.
cAs=Ee
>- !ii: lJE-
z=.<at
€
Do not exceed the speed limits of thecountry you are driving in. In any case donot exceed 100 km/h.
It is recommended to use a proper toyr'-ing stabiliser on the trailer drawbar.
The ABS system with whichthe cor moy be t?tted doet
not control the trdirer braking system.Drive with extreme core on slipperyroodbeds.
INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK
The towing device should be fastened tothe body by specialised personnel accord-ing to any additional and/or inregrative in-formation supplied by the l'4anufacturer ofthe device.
The towing device must meet current ret-ulations with reference to 94l20lEC Di-rective and subsequent amendments.
For any version the towing device usedmust match the towable weight ofthe caron which it is to be installed.
For the electric connection a unified con-nector should be used which is generallyplaced on a special bracket normally tas-tened to the to\Ming device, and a specialECU for external trailer light control shatlbe installed on the car.
For the electrical connection. 7 or l3 pinI2VDC connection is to be used (CU-NAJUNI and ISO/DlN Standards). Followahe instructions provided by the car man-ufacturer and/or the tow hitch manufac-rurer.
An electric brake should be supplied dl.rectly by the battery through a cable wit\a cross section of no less than1.) mm .
IMPORTANT Electric brake or other de.vice shall be used with running engine,
In addition to the electrical branches, thecar's electric system can only be con.nected to the supply cable for an electricbrake and to the cable for an internal li$!though not above | 5W.
For connections use the preset controlunit,with battery cable no less than 2.5mm.
7|N Under no circumstonces
- should the cor broke system
be oltered to control the trailer broke.The trailer broking system must befully independent ofthe cor hydroulicsystem.
t32
plied di-ble withs than
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM fig. 7
Tletow hook strucrure must be fastened using a total of4 f4lO screws(A)
Thickness of upper plates, left B and right C, shall be 6 mm min.
Thickress of lower plates, lefr E and right F, shall be I mm min.
Ile hook shouh be fascened to the body avoiding any rype of dri l l ingird trrl lmrng ol the rear bumpers rhat remains visible when rhe hookIremoved.
lltllORTANT lt is compulsory to fasten a label (plainly visible) of suit-6le size and material with the following wording:
I,IAX LOAD ON BALL 70 Kg
After fitting, screw holes shali be sealed to prevent exhaust gas jnlet.
r--. s;; !2
=€5sEg
:her de-Bine.
res, there con-3lectrical light,
ontrolan 1.5
lg. /
=
€
=
for
SNOW IYRES
Use snow tyres of the same size as thenormal tyres provided with the car.
Fiat Dealership wil l be happy to provideadvice concerning the most suitable typeof tyre for the customer's requirements,
For che type of tyre ro be used, inflationpressures and the specifications of snowtyres, follow the instructions given in para-graph "Wheels" in section "Technicalspecifications".
The winter features ofthese tyres are re-duced considerably when the tread depthis below 4 mm. In this case, they shouldbe replaced.
Due to the snow tyre features, under nor-mal conditions of use or on long motor-way journeys, the performance of thesetyres is lower than that of normal tyres. ltis therefore necessary to limit their use tothe purposes for which they are certified.
ll'4PORTANT When snow tyres are usedwith a max speed index below the onethat can be reached by the car (increasedby 5%), place a notice in the passenger'scompartment, plainly in the driver's viewwhich states the max permissible speed ofthe snow tyres (as per EC Directive).
All four tyres should be the same (brandand track) to ensure greater safety whendriving and braking and better driveabil i-ty.
Remember that it is inappropriate tochange the direction of rotation of t),res.
160 kn/h; 190 kmh fortyreswithmorking ond 2 I 0 kndh for tyresH morking. The Rood Troffic tsDeed rimits must however be olstrictly observed.
. -n
t34
SNOW CHAINS
Use of snow chains should be in compli-,1ce with local regulations.
Srw chains should only be applied co thedrving *n""'t (front wheels). We rec-omnend using Lineaccessori Fiar snowcharns.
Check the tension of the chains after thelint few metres have been driven.
I|4PORTANT Snow chains cannot be fit-ted to the space-saver spare wheel. So, ifa lront (drive) wheel is punctured and(hains are needed, a rear wheelshould belitted to the front ofthe car and the sparewheer should be fitced ro rhe rear. Thiswalwith two normal drive wheels, snowchains can be fitted to them to solve anemergency.
If '1PORTANT Snow chains shall only bea temporary solution. Use snow tyres ifJou have to travel for long on roadbedscoyered with snow or ice.
II4PORTANT With snow chains fitred,use the accelerator with extreme care roprevent or to reduce ro a minimum dri-yingwheel sl<idding in order to avoid snowchain breaking that could cause damagesto the body or the mechanical parts ofthecar.
Versions Tyres on which chainscan be fitted
Type ofsnow chainsto be used
205/55 Rt6 9 tV1.8 - 2.21.9 Multiiet2.4 Multiiet
2t5/55Rt693WSnow chains with reduced size with
max protrusion beyond the tyreprofile of 9 mm
2 t5/50 Rt7 9 tW
Refer to the obove nr entioned table for informotion onthe wheels wheresnow chdins can be fttted. Follow the prescriptions.
Keep your speed do wn when snow chains ore fitted. Do not ex-ceed 40 km/h, Avoid pothores, stepr on d pavements ond ovoidolso to drive for long distonces on roods not covered with snowto prevent domaging the cor ond the roodbed.
€eEz5=
=E=
vEaE
CAR INACTIVITY
lf the car is to be left inactive for longerthan a month, the following Precautionsshould be nored:
3 park the car in covered, dry and if pos-sible well-venti lated premises;
D engage a gear (position P with auto-matic transmission);
check that the handbrake is not en-gaSeo;
disconnect batter', terminals (first dis-connect the negative terminal) andcheck the battery charge. This checkis to be repeated every three monthswhen the car is left inactive. Rechargeif the optical indicator shows a darkcolour without the central green area;
clean and protect the painted parts us-int protectjve wax;
clean and protectthe shiny metal Partsusing special compounds readily avail-aore;
sprinkle talcum powder on the rubberwindscreen and rear window wiperblades and lift them offthe glass;
slighdy open the windows;
cover the car with a cloth or perfo-rated plastic sheet. Do not use sheetsof non-perforated plastic as they donot allow moisture on the car body toevaPorate;
inflate tyres to +0,5 bar above thenormal specified pressure and check itat intervals;
if you don't disconnect the batteryfrom the electric system, check i$charge every month and recharge itllthe optical indicator shows a darkcolour without the central green areat
do not drain the engine coolint slstem.
of -3E !:l=a
3
IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch offthe car alarm with the remote control
I
o
<6
€
t35
UVf\RDilU.r\@ E[@DlTrJ AND,trlEg$r\.gEg6ENERAL WARNINGSLOW BRAKE FLUIDHANDBRAKE ONAiR BAG FAILURE.,,,,..IRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATED,.....-..SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED ...ENGINE COOLANT FLUID HIGH TEMPERATURE..tow BATTERY CHARGE............................ .LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSUREEXHAUST OILINEFFJCIENT ABS SYSTE14]NEFFICIENT EBD ELECTRONIC BRAKINGDISTRIBUTORINFCTTON SYSTEM FATLUREENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURF(E0BD)POWER STEERING FAILUREINCOI.,IPLETE DOOR LOCKINGIUEL RESERGIOW PLUGS
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTERALARI,I FAILUREBREAK-IN ATTEMPTELECTRONIC KEY NOT RECOGNISEDCHECK CAR PROTECTTON SYSTEtl .........................DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED ........,........qEAR FOGLIGHTS....FUEL CUTOFF SWITCHED ON...,,.....MrN SENSOR FAt1URE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EXTERNAL LIGHT FAILURE.,,...GE\ERIC FAILURE INDICATION., , , . . . . . .TWtLiGHT SENSOR FATLURE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
t38t38t38t38t39t39t39t40r40t40t40
t40t4l
t4 lt4 lt4 l142t42t42t43t43143t43t43t43t44
!s'rtK
i-
r
PARKING SENSOR FAILUREANTIPINCH SYSTEM FAILURELOW TYRE PRESSUREFLAT TYRESTYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEI,l FAILUREFRONT FOG LIGHTSLEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATORRIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATORSIDELIGHTS AND LOW BEAMSFOLLOW ME HOf4E................ESP SYSTEMHILL HOLDER FAILUREASR SYSTEM
145145145t45t45t46t46t46t46t46t45t46t47
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS.......... 147POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD.,...,..... 147AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FAILURE t47
t47
t48t48t48t48t48r48t48t48
l4AX. OIL TEMPERATURE (a.t.)SET SPEED LIMITEXCEEDEDCRUISE CONTROLBRAKE PAD WEAR
t44t44t44t44t44t45
LOW ENGINE OIL LEVELREAR SIDE BAGS DEACTIVATEDENGINE OFF WHEN RUNNINGSTARTING PROCEDURE MESSAGES (a.t.) .................STARTING PROCEDURE IvIESSAGES (m.t.) ..............
WARNING TIGHTSAND MESSAGES
GENERAL WARNINGS
Turning on of warning l ight is accomPa-nied by specific message and/or by buzzersound where provided by instrument pan-el. These indications are concise andcautionary and shall not be consideredas exhaustive and/or as an alternative tothe specifications contained in this Own-er Handbook which shall always be readthrough carefully and thoroughly. In caseoffailure indication always refer to thespecifications contained in this sec-tton.
IMPORTANT Failure indications displayedare divided into two categories: very se-rious and less serious failures.
Very serious failures are indicated by awarning cycle" repeated unti l failure iseliminated.
Less serious failures are jndicated by a lim-ited warning "cycle".
The warning cycle of both failure classescan be stopped by pressing buttonMODE. The instrument panel warninglight wil l stay on unti l eljminating the fault.
As concerns messapes relevant to the ver-sions equipped with-Dualogic gearbox, seethe attached Supplement.
LO\^/ BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL (red)
HANDBRAKE ON (red)
Turning the ignitjon key to ON the warn-int light turns on, but it should go off af-ter few seconds.
Low brake fluid level
The warning l ight turns on when the lev-el of the brake fluid in the reservoir fallsbelow the minimum level. due to possi-ble leak in the circuit.
The display wil l show the dedicated mes-sage.
sage on the disploy) stop the cor im-mediotely and contoct Fiot Deqler-ship.
Handbrake on
The warning light turns on when the ha.dbrake is on.
On certain versions. if the car is movrtthe buzzer wil l also sound.
IMPORTANT lf the warning l ight turns otwhen travell ing, check chat the handbraktis not engaged.
AIR BAG FAILURE(red)
Turning the ignition l<ey to ONro l ishtturns on. but it shouldpcthe warning light turns on, but it
off after few seconds.
The warning light stays on glowing steadi.ly ifthere is a failure in the air bag system.
The display will show the dedicated mes.sa8e.
E!?
aa5
r38
the hand-
is moyint
:turns onrndbrake
:
to oNould go
steadi-;ystem.
d mes-
ft does not turn on or if it stoyslnten |]Iovelling there could be a faih
uru in Jdfet), s)rstems; in this eyent oir,rgr or Pretensioners could not trig-get in cose of imPoct or, in o minorrunber of coses, they could triggeroccidentolly. Contoa Fiot Deolenhipinnediately to hoye the systemchecked.
7I@7^t@[\ tl wtren tuming the ignition /tl\ Worninc tightU,i? indicotes
- key to ON, th e woming light
- olso woming light li foilures"
This is indicoted by intermittent flosh-ing, over 4 seconds, of waming lightWx. ln this event worning light Fi in-dicotes thot there could be o foilurein sqfety systems. Contoct Fiot Deol-e.shiP immediotely to hove the sys-tem checked.
SEAT BELTSNOT FASTENED
The foilure ofthe k worninglighL (wdrning light offl is ol-
The warning l ight on the dialturns on glowing steadily with car
stationary and driver's seat belt not fas-tened correctly. The warning lightwill rurnon flashing together with the buzzer when,with car moving, front seat belts are notfastened correcdy. The S.B.R. (Seat Belt Re-minder) buzzer can only be excluded by Fi-at Dealership. The sysrem can be reacti-vated through the set-up menu (see dia-gram aside). The display wil l show the ded-icated message.
ing light turns on, but it should go off af-ter few seconds.
The warning l ight turns on when rhe en-gine is overheated.
lf the warning l ight comes on when dri-ving, proceed as follows:
O normal driving conditions: stopthe car, switch off the engine andchecl< whether the water level in thereservoiT is not below the MIN mark.Otherwise wait for few seconds to al-low the engine cooling, then openslowly and carefully the cap, top upcoolant and check whether its level isfall ing between MIN and MAX marksin the reservoir. Check visually anyleak. lf, when rescarting. rhe warninglight comes on again. contact a FiarDealership.
iga;
i-- €
n indicoted by the flashing for morethon the normal 4 seconds ofthe pos-renger's front oir bog deoctivotedwoming light V8 .
FRONT PASSENGER'SAIR BAGDEACTIVATED(amber)
Warning l ight \y'( wil l come on when de-activating the passenger front air bag. WithpassenSer front air active, rurnint rhe ig-nition key to ON, warning l ight Vx wil lturn on with fixed l ight for about 4 sec-onds and then itwil l f lash for other 4 sec-onds. lt shall then go off.
/-\ urcs TEMPERATURE f:tr( ) ENGTNE cooLANr i3F\_-,/ FLUID(red)
i t!Turning the ignition key to ON the warn- ; '-**
t39
D Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing traileruphil l of fully laden car): decreasespeed. i f the warning l isht stays on.srop the car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutesleaving the engine on and slightly ac-celerated to further acttvate the cir-culation of the coolant f luid, thenswitch the engine off. Check propercoolant level as described previously.
II4PORTANT Under severe use of thecar. keep che engine on and shghtly accel-erated for few mtnutes before switching itoff.
The display wil l show the dedicated mes-sa8e.
INEFFICIENT ABSSYSTEM (amber)
Turning the key to ON thewarning l ight turns on, but it should to offafter few seconds.
The warning l ight turns on when the sys-tem is inefficient or unavailable. In this casethe brakinp syscem keeps its effecdvenessunchangedi but without the potential of-fered by the ABS syscem. Caution is ad-visable and it is necessary to conuct FiatDealership.
The display wil l show the dedicated mes-sa8e.
INEFFICIENTEBDELECTRONICBRAKING
LO\^/ ENGINE OILPRESSURE (red)
Turning the ignition key to ONthe warning l ightiurns on, but it shouldgooff after few seconds.
If the warning light V'tums on when trqvelling to'
gether with the messoge on the di$Ploy, stoq the engine immediotelYond conto.t o Fiot Dedlerthiq'
LOV/ BATTERYCHARGE (red)
l f the warning l ight stays on contact rm-mediately Fiat DealershiP.
DISTRIBUTOR (red) (amber)
The turninq on at the same time ofwarn-ins l iehts (O) and (@ with the engine run-ni-ng-indicates an EBD system farlure orthat the system is unavailable; in this caseheaw brakinq may cause the rear wheelsro lotk befori t ime, wich the possibil i ty ofskidding. Drive with the utmost care tothe nearest Fiat Dealership to have thesystem checked.
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.
EXHAUST OIL(Multijet versions)
The warning l ight with turn onflashing together with the mes-
- Turning the key to ON thewarning l ightturns on, but it should 80 outas soon ai the engine is started (with theengine running at idle speed a brief delayin going out is allowed).
sage on the display when the system de'tects that the engine oil is exhaust
After the first indication, at each enginestaning the warning l ight ty', wil l go orflashing for 60 seconds and then ror 7hours unti l oil is changed.
r40
rv,rg to-e dis-otely
lf worning light Vt floshes,contoct Fiot DeolershiD im-mediotely to have oil chonged
ond instrument ponel worning lighttumed off.
POWER STEERINGFAILURE (red)
- Turning the ignition key to ONthewarning l ithtturns on, but it should go
INJECTION SYSTEMFAILURE(Multiiet versions - red)
EOBD ENGINECONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE(petrol versions - amber)
Injection system failure
Turning the ignition key to ON the warn-ing l iShr rurns on, but ir should go off af-!er lew seconds.
lf the warning l ight stays on or turns onwhen travell ing, means a fault in the sup-ply/ignition system which could cause highemissions at the exhaust, possible lack ofpedormance, poor handling and high con-sumption levels.
On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.
In these condirions it is possible to con-tinue driving withour however requiringheavy effort or high speed from the en-gine. In any case, contact Fiat Dealershipas soon as possible.
to oNruld go
d mes-
INCOMPLETE DOORLOCKING (red)
The warning l ight turns onwhen one or more doors, the
boororrhe bonnet are nor properly shur.
The dedicated message wil l be displayed;
When travelling with door/doors, boot orbonnet open also a buzzer wil l sound.
EOBD ENGINE CONTROLSYSTEM FAILURE
Under normal conditions, turning the ig-nition key ro ON, the warning light turnson, but it should go offwhen the engine hasstarted. In this case, turning on indicatesproper working of the warning light. lf thewarning l iSht stays on or turns on whentravelling:
1 glowing stecdi/y: means a fault in thesupply/ignition system which couldcause high emissions at the exhaust,possible lack of performance, poorhandling and high consumption levels.
On certain versions the dedicated nres-sage is displayed.
In these conditions it is possible to con-tinue driving wirhour however requiringheavy effort or high speed from che e.r-gine. Prolonged use of the car with thewarning Iighc on may cause damages. Con-tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.The warning light goes off if the fault dis-appears, bur it is still stored by the system.
A floshing: indicates the possibil i ty ofdamage to the catalyst (see "EOBDsystem" in section "Dashboard andcontrols").
)- !::
g;s:i (')
€
a
urewdrflrnt tnrIuTnS 0n. DUt tt snouto goofafter few seconds. lf rhe warning l ighr$ays on. you wil l nor have steering assis-nnce and the effoft on the steerinq wheelwil loe rncreased. sreering is howev-er pos-sible Conracr Fiar Dealership. The deo'-cated message will be displayed.
rn onmes-
Tl qe-
ngrnego ontof I
lfthe light flashes, it is necessary to releasethe accelerator pedal to lower the sPeedof the engine unti l the warning l iSht stoPsflashing; continue the journey at moder-ate speed, trying to avoid driving condi-rions that may cause funher flashing andcontact Fiac Dealership as soon as Possi'ote,
FUEL RESERVE(amber)
Turning the ignition key co ONthe warning l ight comes on but shall go offafter few seconds.
The warning l ight turns on when about 5litres fuel are left in the tanl<.
IMPORTANT The warning l iSht f lashes .oindicate a failure, contact Fjat Dealershipas soon as possible to have the systemchecl<ed.
GLOW PLUGWARMING(Multijet versions -amber)
lf when tuming ignition keyltON, the worning l ight \ )does not turn on or if it turnson with fixed light or floshing
GLOW PLUG WARMINGFAILURE(Multi jet versions - amber)
Glow plug warming
I urn,ng che iSnrtion l,ey to ON the wan'ing l ight turns on and ic wil l go off wl'eglow plugs Teach the preset temperatlreScart the engine immediately aher war1.in8 l ight turninS off.
(on cenoin versions together with themessoge on the disqlov) when the coris trovElling contoci F;oi Deolerclrip ossoon os possible. Worning light'[J op-erotion con by checked b'/ trofficdgents by Proper equipment therefore,comply with lows ond regulations inforce in the country where you ore dri'vtng.
If4PORTANT With hot ambient temPer'ature, warning light stays on for very shontime.
Glow plug warming failure
The warning l ight curns on when there sa failure in the glow plug warming syste-.Concacc Fiat Dealership as soon as poss"Dte.
The display wil l show the dedicaced nes'sa8e.
142
WATER IN DIESELFUEL FILTER (MultijetYersions -amber)
T-'rirg che ignicion key ro ON rhe warn-'r{ jght turns on, but it should po off af-Iet lew seconds.
The warning l ight E turns on when therei5water in the dieselfuelfi l ter. On certainversions warning l ighr A wil l turn on.
The display wil l show rhe dedicared mes-548e.
The presence of wdter in thefuel circuit may couse seriousdomage to the entire iniec-
CAR PROTECTIONSYSTEM FAILURE -FIAT CODE(amber)
BREAK-IN ATTEMPTThe turning on of the warninglight (together with rhe mes-
sage on the display), indicares anattempt of break-in.
ELECTRONIC KEY NOTRECOGNISED
The turnrng on of che warninglighc (togerher wirh rhe message
on the display and the buzzer) indicaresthat the electronic key being used is norenabled.
Turning the key to ON the warning lightshall f lash only once and then go off
lf with the ignition key at ON the warn-ing l ighr comes on wirh fixed tighr, rhis in-dicares a possible far lure (see The FiacCode system" in section "Dashboard andcontrols").
l l ' ' lPORTANT The turning on ar the samecime of rhe Q and - wlrning lrghts in-dicates a failure ofthe Fiat CODE system.
l'wirh che engine running rhe warnrng l ighctlashes, this means rhar rhe (aT is nor
protected by rhe engine inhibitor device(see "Fiat Code system" in section "Dash-board and controls").
Contact Fiar Dealership to have all thel<eys memorised.
ALARM FAILURE(where provided)
The turning on of rhe warnrnglight (togerher with the message
on the display and the buzzer) indicateschat rhere rs a fa i lure in the eleccronicalaTm sysrem. Conracr Fiar Dealersh,o assoon as possrDte.
i:.i:.,:f; t,.
whenIture.
nPer-short
rre is;tem.rossl-
tion system ond couse irreg-ulot engine operqtion. lf the warningirgtt € turns on (on certoin versions to-gether with the messoge on the disploy)contoct Fiot Deolership d5 soor os pos-rble to hoye the system relieved.lftheobove indicotions come on immedi-ltely ofter rcfuelling, woter hds prob-obl,l been poured into the tonk: turnthe engine off immediotely ond contoctFiot Deolershio.
HEATED REARWINDOW (amber)
The warning l ight turns onwhen swrrching ihe heated rear window
>'VJ
a$
5
EXTERNAL LIGHTFAILURE (amber)
when oneThe warning l ight turns onof the following l ights is fail ing:
side/taillights- brake lights (third brake light excluded)
- rear fog lightsdirection indicators
- number plate l ights.
The failure referring to these liShts couldbe: one or more blown bulbs, a blownprotection fuse or an electric connectloncut-off.
The display wil l show the dedicated mes-sa8e.
REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)
The warning l ight turns onwhen the rear fog l ights are turned on
GENERIC FAILUREINDICATION(amber)
The warning l ight turns on in the follow-ing circumstances.
Engine oil pressuresensor failure
The warnrng l ight comes on when the en-gine oil preisuie sensor is faulry. ContactFiar Dealership as soon as Possible.
The display wil l show the dedicated mes-sage.
Diesel particulate fi l ter clogged(Multi jet versions)
The warning l ight turns on toSether withche message on the display and the buzzerwhen the diesel particulate fllter is cloggedand the driving conditions do not enableco activate auiomatically the reclaimingprocedure.
To enable the cleaning procedure, keepthe car running unti l the warning l iShtturns off.
Worning light V' turnstogether with the dedicohimessoge on the disPloy todicote thot the cleoning Pto
cedure cannot be Performed,Fiot Deole$hiP os soon os Possible,
lnertial fuel cut-off switchintervened
The warning light turns on together withthe message on the display. when the 'r 'ertial fuel cut-off switch is triggered.
To reset rhe fuel cut-off switch. see paraqraph "Power and fuel cut-off switch riection "Dashboard and controls".
Rain sensor failure
The warning l ight on the dial turns on (oncertain versions together with the mes'sage on the disPlay) when the rain sensoris faulty. Contact Fiat Dealership.
nt oniotedto in-Pro-
rtactfe.
5x
a=
larking sensor failure(where provided)
Thewarning l ighr on the dial turns on to-gerher wirh rhe message on the displayden hilure is detected in parking sensors.
Contact Fiat Dealership.
Antipinch system failure(rrhere provided)
The vvarning light on the dial turns on to-gether with the message on the display*rren failure is derected in rhe anripinchslsrcm.
€onact Fiat Dealership.
Twilight sensor failure(where provided)
Check tyre pressure(where provided)
The warning l ight on the dial rurns on (to-gerner wrth rhe message on the display),wnen tyre pressure is low or excessive.
In this case,. inflate tyres to the specifiedpressure vatues (see paragraph,,lnflatingpressures in section Teihri ical Specifi ica0ons ).
FIat tyres (where provided)
The warning lighr on rhe dial turns on (ro-Sether wtth message on rhe display andthe buzzer). when there is a pressureoropIn one oT more tyres. In this way theT.P.M.S. system warns the driver that oneor more tyre/s is/are flat (i.e. punctured).
IMPORTANT Stop travelling with one ormore tlat tyre/s since road holding courobe jeopardised. Stop the car withoLit brak-Ing.or steerint sharply. Change immedi-ately punctured wheel wirh space-saveTspare wheel (where provided - see sec_tion,"ln.an emergency') and contact FiarUealershrp as soon as possible.
Tyre pressure monitoring systemfailure (where provided)
The warning light on the dial turns on (to-Sether wirh rhe message on rhe display)when a failure is derec6d in rhe T.p:I4-S.system (where provided).
Contact Fiar Dealership as soon as Dossi-ble.
Should one or more wheels without sen-sor be fitred. the instrumenr panel warn-ing l ighr wil l come on {rogerher with rhemessage on the display) and sny on unti lf i tt ing again the foui wheels wirh sensors.
>-- sE!Z=n
a3€
with3 In-
" in
lon
ior
Ife warning l ighc on rhe dial rurns on (ro-gether.wirh rhe message on the display)$fen htture is detecred in twil jght sen_sor (adjusting headlight sensitivity).
B=
go
ESP SYSTEM FAILURE(amber)
Turning the ignition key to ONthe warning l ightiomes on but shallgo offafter few seconds.
lfthe warning light does noc go off or suyson when travelling toqecher with the but-con led ASR OF-F, conuct Fiat Dealer-ship.
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.
Note Warning light flashing when drivingindicates tha! the ESP sysrem is active.
HILL HOLDER FAILURE(amber)
Turning the ignition keY to ONthe warning l ight comes on but shallSo offafter few seconds.
SIDE/TAILLIGHTSAND LOW BEAMS(green)
FRONT FOG LIGHTS(green)
The warning l ight turns oiwhen the front fog l ighc are turned on
LEFT.HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green -intermittent)
RIGHT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green 'intermittent)
>-96: l=a
=
FOLLOW ME HOME(green)
side/taillights and low beams
The warning l ight turns on when side/tail-lights or low beams are turned on.
Follow me home
The warnins l iqht wil l turn when this de-vice is activ-e (iee "Follow me home'insection "Dashboard and controls").
The display wil l show the dedicated mes-sase.
The warning l iSht turns on when the d"recrion indica[or control lever is moveddownwards or, together with the riShtir'dicator, when the hazard warning l iShtbunon is pressed.
==
The warning l ight turns on when lhe direction indicator control lever is movedupwards or. togecher with the left indicator, when the hazard warning light buctotis pressed.
The warning l ight wil l curn on when theHill Holderiysiem is faulty. Contact FiatDealership as soon as Possible.
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.
145
Thewhen
MAIN BEAMS (blue)
warning l ight turns onthe main beams are
LIMITED RANGE(versions with reconfi gurablemultifunction display)
The display wil l show the dedicated mes-sage to warn the driver char rhe cruisingrange is less than 50 km.
ASR SYSTEM (versions with recon-fi gurable multifunction display)
The ASR sysrem can be turned off bypressing the butron ASR OFF.
The display wil l show the dedicated mes-sage to warn the driver that the systemis off; at the same time the button l;d willturn on.
Pressing again button ASR OFF will turnoffthe button led and the display will showthe dedicated message to wain the dri-ver that the system is active again.
AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONFAILURE
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF tCEON THE ROAD{versions with reconfi gurablemultifunction display)
This indjcation starts flashing when theoutside temperature reaches or falls be-low 3"C to warn rhe driver of rhe possi-ble presence of ice on the road.
The display will show the dedicated mes-
Turning the ignition key to ON,the warning l ight on the dial shall turn orrand then go off after a few seconds.
The warning light (totether with the mes-sage o che display and rhe warning buzzer)flashes ro indicare a rransmissio; failur e.
HIGH GEARBOX OILTEMPERATURE
The warning light comes on
turned on.
(togerher wirh the message o thedisplay and the warning buzzer) glowingSteao y ro Indrcate that the temperatureof the automatic transmission oil is toohigh.
147)
==
>-*li !?
3A
Should the woming light turnon glowing steodily, rcduceengine perormonce ond con-toct immediqtely Fiot Deoler-
ship.
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
The display will show the dedicated mes-sage and the buzzerwillsound when the carexceeds the speed limit set previously (see"Reconfigurable Multifunction Display" insection "Dashboard and controls").
LOW ENGINE OILLEVEL
The warning light (ifany) on thedial comes on together with the
message on the displal and the buzzerwhen the engine oil level falls below theminimum level. Restore proper oil level(see "Checking levels" in section "Carmaintenance").
Turning the itnition key to ON the warn-ing l iSht on the dialturns on but it shouldgo off after few seconds.
ENGINE OFF \^/HEN RUNNING
Message is displayed when the engine i lturned offat a speed higher than l0 km/h;steering lock is disabled.
To restore the function, turn the ignirio'key to ON and then to OFF again wit"the car stoDDed.
STARTING PROCEDUREMESSAGES(automatic transmission)
Starting procedure messages shown onthe display when reaching position ONwith enabled key.
STARTING PROCEDUREMESSAGES (manual transmission)
Starting procedure messages shown onthe display when reaching position Ol{with enabled key.
\--,2 The warning light turns on to-gether with the message on the
display when turning the knurled ring ofthe Cruise Control to ON.
CRUISE CONTROL(where provided)
BRAKE PAD WEAR
The warning l ight on the dialturns on (together with the
message on the display) if thefront brake oads are worn: in this case havethem changed as soon as possible.
REAR SIDE BAGSDEACTIVATED(where provided)
Dial warning l ight !b comes onwhen deactivating rear side bats. Withrear side bags on. rurnllg the ignition keyto ON. warning l ighr'* comes on firstwith fixed light and then it will star flash-ing for a few seconds. lt shall then go off
zz<6
€
=€
r48
[[I AD! E.r'][Ei;]@ENGY
IF A FUSE BLOWS
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT
JACKING THE CAR
TOWING THE CAR
JUMP STARTING
BUMP STARTING
IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB .................... I57
lF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT.......................... l6 |
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT 166
t50
t5l
t5 l>-sE:Zt=
H*
==g=gE
t69
t80
t80
t8l
JUMP SIARTINGlf the battery is flat, it is Possible to startrhe engine using an auxil iary battery withrhe same capacity or a l itt le hiSher thanthe flat one.
Proceed as follows fig, l:
D Connect positive terminals (+ nearthe terminal) ofthe two batteries witha jump lead;
O With a second lead, connect the ne-gative terminal (-) of the auxil iary bat-iery and to an eamhing Point ! on theengine or the gearbox of the car to bestartedi
D Start the engine;
fl When the engine has been started, re-move the leids reversing the orderabove.
Under no circumstonceishould o battery .harget bNused to stqrt the enginel ilcould domoge the electronic
fig. I
systems dnd in porticulor the ignitioland iniection control units.
Do not corry out this Procidure if you lock exPerience; t
lf after a few attempts the engine does notstart, do not insist but contact the nea-rest Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT Do not directly connect theneqative terminals of the two batteries:soarks could isnite the flammable gas fromthe batrery. lf-the other battery is firted inanother car, prevent accidental contactsbetween the metal parts of the two cars.
it is not done correctlY it cdn cousevery intense erectricol dischorges. l[qddition, the fluid contoined in thebottery is poisonous ond corrosive'Avoid iontoa with slijn ond eYes Youore also odvised not to put ndr<ed flo'mes or lighted cigorettes nedr the bot-tery and notto couse sParkl.
E=
r50
es,etr,ctn
BUMP STARTING
Never bump start the engine (by pushing,mwing, or coasting downhil l) as this coutdouse fuel ro flow into the catalytic exha--i!system and damage it beyond repair.
Remember that the brake booster and theDower steering system are not operaringLrlilrhe entine is surted, a greater efforrrvil l therefore be required to Dress thebnke pedal or to turn the steering whee,.
IF A TYRE ISPUNCTURED
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Wheel changing and correct use of theiack and space-saver spare wheel call forsome pTecautions as listed below.
Arert other driveF thot th€car is stotionary in com-
plionce with locol regulotions; hqzardwoming lights, worning triongle etc,Any passengerc on boord should leo-ye the cor, especiolly if it is heavily Ia-den. Possengers should stot/ owqyfrom oncoming troffic while thewheel is being chonged on, lf thewheel is being chonged on o steep orbadly surfaced rood, ploce the wed-ge5 or other suitqble mote ol underthe whee, to itoD the cor,
The spoce-sover spare wheelis +ecnc to your coL do not
use it on other models, or use the spo-re wheel of other models on your car.fhe spoce-sover spore wheel shollonly be used in on emergency,It sholl only be used for the distoncenecessory to rcoch o sewice point ondthe cor speed sholl not exceed 80Knt/h. The spore wheel hos an oron-ge sticker thot summdrises the moitcautions for ute ond limitations, Thesticker should never be removed orcovered.Never frt a wheel c<tp on o sPoceio-ver sPore wheet The sticker gives thefollowing informotion in four longuo-ges: coution! For te mporory use only!80 km/h mox! Reploce by normolwheel os soon os Doisibre. Do not co-ver this lqbel.
?-$
p=gs
E€C=23.,3gc
=€
t5 l
-'"-4.!
:e=2=
tGges.
it shtheac0for IHovondor l
H#
go
=gE
e=
=, t=
t52
When driving with a s9oce'sover qPore wheel ,?tted' the
&ivin1 Ferfonidnce of the co-r chon'
"es. Aioid occelercting or broKtng
cor with which ii is Provided or oncors ofthe some modef.
iii iotk f", higher ioPocities thanr.r".l on its lobeL Snow choint con'stoted on its
iimr"t not be us.d for other PurPo-
""r rr"ii ot fo. in"tonce rcising cors of
other modils ,n no cose shoutd it beused for reDoirs unde r the car' lncoPrect iositi6ning of the iock moY csu'se tlie jocked-cor to folL D:.n?t-!::
A;'ffi;;l-/ py ihonglng wheers on thecor with which it is frovided or on
The jock sholl onlY. be usedre€tly to Prevent-the wj|eel
from coming'frei in motion' Nev€riomoer rvith the intlqtion volve' NF
""i'[ro"" to"tt a"tieen the dm .and
?iorqty, obruPt turns or fost corne-rinei. 7he life of the sPdte w.nee' rsooirox. ?000 Km' oFer this di$once-{{iiita u" atoi.i with another ofiir"-io,rr" tvp,i. Never ottemPt to titi'iiirintiiiot tyn on o rim designedior ,t" ot o tpoiotdv€r sPor€ tvheef'ioii tn" Pinrtur"d wheel rcPoiredond rcfitted os soon ds Possib'a- t woo. rno'i" tooa"-aover iPcre wheelsshould nev6r be ured together' Do notsreose the threods o f bolts before in'itolllng them; theY might sliP out'
Check ond restore, if reguired,-^--,,^ ^5
+vtac aad ibdrc whedtvre. Lnec|< ono rEr.erE, rl rs\
the Pressure oftYres- ond sPoreii-tE
-iit""t Lii"n in sect'ion "Tech
nicol SPecifcotions".
not be titted to tfte +oce-sover +o'* Lr'"lL iq if o front (drive) wh.eelir orn"tr."a oita ihoinj cre neede4a'reor wheel should be titted to thei-ii
"i tn" cor ond the sPote wheel
lhould be fitted to the reor' This woywith two normol drive wheels' snowchoins con be fitted to them to solvedn emefgency.
t-
Please note:
D the jack weight is 1,76 kg;
D the jack requires no adiustmenr;
0 the jack cannot be repaired. lf it breaksit must be replaced with a new jack;
i no tool other than its cranking devr-ce may be fitted on rhe jack.
To change a wheel proceed as follows;
O Stop the car in a position that is notdangerous for oncoming traffic whereyou can change the wheel safely. Theground should be flat and adequatelytrm;
D Turn the engine off and pull up thehandbral<e;
1 Engage first gear or reverse (posrtionP with automatic transmission);
fl Use the special handle to lift the loadsurface (where provided), as shown infiB.2:
D Lift the luggage compartment panelma!
Make the wire secured under the loa-ding surface (where provided), pass th-rough the proper slot secured to theboot shelf mat and fasten both to thehook on the upper roof, as shown inf ig.3;
Loosen the fastener A-fig. 4;
J
at
;pt=
EF
=€€gEE
a€
r53
r54
D
o
D
Take out the sPace-saver sPare wheelB-fig. 4 to access the tool containerC-lig. 5;
Take out the tool container C-fig. 5and take it near to the wheel to bechanged;
Remove the spacer set under the sPa-ce-saveT spaTe wheel to house thestandard size wheeliIMPORTANT: fail ing to observe- thisprescription could cause boot l loorbreal<ing.
fl lf the car is fitted with alloy rims, re-move the wheel hub with the screw-driver provided levering in the groo-ve D-fig. 6, as shown in rhe figure:
D Loosen the bolts of the wheel to bereplaced by about one turn with thewrench prbvided E-fig. 7; if the caris fitted with alloy rims, shake the carto facilitate removing this rim from thewheel hub;
Operate the device F-fig. I to exendthe jack unti lthe top ofthe lack G-fig.8 fits correcdy into catch H-fig. 8;
Warn anybody nearby that the car isabout to be lifted. They must stay clearand not touch the car unti l i t is backon me Srounc;
Fit the handle L-fig. 8 to operate thejacl< and lift the car unril the wheel tobe changed is several centimetres offthe Sround;
For versions with wheel cap, removethe wheel cap after unloosing the fourfastening bolts and finally unloose thefifth bolt and extract the wheel;
Make sure the contact surfacesbetween spare wheel and hub areclean so that the fastening bolts wil lnot come loose;
Using the wrench provided, fully t igh-ten the five fastening bolts;
Turn the jack handle L-fig. 8 to lowerthe car and remove the jack;
D Use the wrench provided to fasten thebolts completely in a criss-cross fa-shion as shown in fig, 9.
J
al
?-nE:I
3E
E=go
ze?gEE
aE
o
!|
r55
==E=
>-sE=
j
REFITTING THE STANDARDvvHEELFollowing the procedure described pre-viously. raise the car and remove [he sPa-re wheel.
For versions with steel rim
Proceed as follows:
Make sure the contact surfacesbetween standard wheel and hub areclean so that the fastening bolts wil lnot come loose;
Fit the standard wheel by insertint thefirst bolt for two threads into the ho-le closest to the inflation valve;
Fit the wheel cap making the groove(on the wheel cap) coincide with theinflation valve and fit the other fourbolts;
Using the wrench Provided, t ithtenthe fastening bolts;
Lower the car and remove the iack;
Using the wrench provided, fully t igh-ten the bolts in the sequence shownpreviously.
For versions with alloy rims
D lnsert the wheel on the hub and, usingthe wrench provided, t iShten theDOITS;
D Lower the car and remove the jack;
-l
Using the wrench provided, fully t igh-ten the bolts in the sequence shownin l ig. l0;
O Refit the snap-fitted wheel hub cap andmake sure that the reference hole onthe wheel is coinciding with the refe-rence pin on the caP.
IMPORTANT lncorrect fitting may causethe wheel cap to come off while the caris travell ing.
When you have finished
D Place the spacer;
Df|
o
Fir rhe jack partially oPen in its con'miner C-fig, l2 forcing it l iShdY toprevent it from vibrating when traYel'l ing;
Put the tools back into their Places inthe contalner;
J
o
oJ
I
5R
: :=g
f=r ,=z€n-:oI-
WHEN NEEDING TOCHANGE A BUIB
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
D When a l ight is not working, checkthat the corresponding fuse is intactbefore changing a bulb. For the loca-tion offuses, refer to the paragraph "lfa fuse blows" in this section:
0 Before changing a bulb check the con-tacts for oxidation:
Burnt bulbs must be replaced byothers of the same type and power;
Always check the height of the head-light beam after changing a bulb.
lighting intensity is reduced and life ofthe bulb moy be comprcmised, lf tou-ched qccidentolly, rub the bulb with ocloth moistened with alcohol ond ollowto dry.
Hologen bulbs must be hdnd-led touching only the metol-lic Paft tfthe trans orent bulbis touched with the fngen, its
Modifications or repoirs tothe electrico, system (erec-
tronic control units) corfied out in-correctly ond without beoringthe feo-tures ofthe syrtem in mind con cou-se molfunctions with the risk of tirc,
Hologen bulbs contoin pres-surised gos which, if broken,
moy couse smoll frogments ofgloss tobe proiected outwords.
f -gG:de*
0 Stow the container C-fig. | 2, com-plete with tools in the boot;
0 Place the space-saver spare wheel B-fig. | | in the space provided for thepurpose inside the boot and secure itwith the clampinS device A-fig. I l .
157
[\ Due to trigt vokage, the bulb
- of (Xenon) gos-dischorge
heodliglts must only be replaced byexpertsi donger of death! Contoct
TYPES OF BULBS fig. l3
Various types of bulbs are fltted tocar:
A Glass bulbs:clipped into position.to remoYe.
B Bayonet type bulbs: press theturn counterclockwise to rethis type of bulb from its holder,
C Tubular bulbs: release them fiomtheir contacts to remove.
D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,release the clip holding the bulbinplace.
F Gas-discharge bulbs (Xenon).
i -g5! lEA
Fiot Dedfe.shiP.
IMPORTANT The headlight inner sudacemay be l ighdy misted over: this is not afault but a natural fact due to low tempe-rature and the level of air humidity. lt wil ldjsappear as soon the headlithts are tur-ned on. The presence of drops inside theheadlishts means water infi l tration, the-reforJcontact Fiat Dealership.
t3
€
=
o
o
o
o
@
o
r58
fi9.
beam headlights
Gas.discharge dipped beam headlights (where provided)
longlife front sidelighs (2 per light)
frcnt fog lights (where provided)
Front direction indicators
Side direction indicators
Rear direction indicators
Taillights/brake lights
Third brake l ight (additional brake l ighQ
2tw
t0w
2rw5w
e=;e
=g=a
EeS=EE
H*
Reversing light
Rear fog lights
Number plare l ights
Puddle / door l ights
P2 tW
2tw
2tw
Front roof light
Rear roof light
Glovebox light
Boot l ight
Sun visor l ights
IF AN EXTERIOR TIGHTBURNS OUTFor rhe type of bulb and power rarine. see"When needing to change a bulb". -
FRONT LIGHT UNTTS fig. t4- t 5The front lighr units conain sidelighs. dip_ped beam. main beam and directlon indi_cator bulbs.
To change the bulbs of direction indica-tors and dipped beams, turn cap A coun-ter-clockwise and then remove it.
To change the bulbs ofsideliqhs and marnbeams. turn cap B counter-clockwise andthen remove it.
>.8c2=a
EF96
=3€gEE
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unitas to ows:
C direction indicators
D dipped beam headlights
E sidelights
F main beam headlights
After replacement, refit the covers cor-recrly checking rhat they are properly se_cured.
e59t2
=E
Gas-discharge lamps (Xenon)(where provided)
IMPORTANT When gas-discharge bulbsare provided, front fog lights are not fit-leo.
Due to high voltage, the bulb
- of (Xenon) gas-dischorge
heodlights must onl), be rePlaced byexperts: donger of deoth! ContoctFiot Deolershiq,
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTSfig. 16
Gas-fi lled fi lament lamps
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
D remove the protectinS cover by tur-ning it counter-clockwise;
D disconnect the electric connector A;
O release the bulb holder catch B;
D remove the bulb C and rePlace it;
- ' l f i t che new bulb. making che outl ineof the metallic paft coincide with thegrooves on the reflector, refit bulbholder catch B and reconnect theelectrical connector A;
0 refit the protective cover by turning itclockwise and locking it ProPerly.
Dj
D
o
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 17
To change the bulb, proceed as follows
D remove the protecting cover by tur'nins it counter-clockwise;
disconnect the electric connector A;
release the bulb holder catch B;
remove the bulb C and replace it;
f i t the new bulb, making the oudineof the metallic part coincide with theqrooves on the reflector, refit bulbEolder catch A and reconnect theelectrical connector B;
refit the protective cover by turningilclockwise and locking it properly.
o
152
\;
l7
v5:
be
DIRECTION INDICATORS Side fig. l9
To change the bulb, proceed as follows;
D lever in the point shown by the arrowto compress the catch and remove theunit A;
fl turn the bulb holder B counter-clockwise, remove the snap-fitted butbano Teptace lt;
- ' l refit the bulb holder B in the transpa-Tent cover, then position the unitmaking sure rhe catch clicks into pla-ce.
FRONT FOG LIGHTS(where provided)
IIvIPORTANT Contact Fiat Dealership tohave front fog Iights replaced.
FRONT SIDELIcHTS fig. 20
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
D remove the protecting cover by tur-ning it counter-clockwise;
fl remove the snap-fitted bulb holder A,extract the bulb B and change it;
D refit the snap-firted bulb holder A;
J refit the protective cover by turning itclockwise and locking ir properly.
Front f ig. l8
To change the bulb, proceed as follows;
0 remove the protectint cover by tur-ning it counter-clockwise;
" l rurn che bulb holder A counrer-clockwise and remove it;
" l remove rhe bulb B pushing i r genr lyand turning counrerclockwise ("bayo-net");
3 replace the bulb;
J refir the bulb holder A by turning itclockwise and locking it pioperly;
D refic rhe procective cover by turning irclockwise and lockint ir properly.
i ; :?€3
EF
!2=s
=24=q=
a€
r63
E€
/// /.'- -:/ ///'l--.. ,/,'Y \=
\A
REAR LIGHT UNITS fl push the bulb holder side tabs C-fig. The bulbs are arranged inside the liSht unit23 inwards to remove it; as follows (fig.23):
Tailgate l iSht unit D remove bulbs slightly pushing them D reversing l ights;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: and turning counterclockwise E rear fog lights.
D open the tailgate;
D push down cover A-fig. 2 | and re-move electric connectorB-fig. 22:
L
?-9G!ZEA
z=gts
=es=EE
=:E
Side fixed light unit
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
0 open the tailgate;
J loosen the two screws F-fig. 24 andremove the l ight unit;
J remove the electrical connector;
Rg. 25
D press the bulb holder tab G-fig. 25 toremove lr;
D remove bulbs slightly pushing themand turning counterclockwise.
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unitas follows (lig. 25):
H taillights / brake lights;
I directionindicators.
ADDITIONAL BRAKING LIGHT(THTRD STOP)
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
O open the tailgate;
D remove the snap-fitted cover A-fig. 26:
r55
press catches B-fig.27 and removethe bulb holder;
remove the snap-fitted bulbs and chan-ge them;
refit rhe bulb holder mal<ing sure cat-ches B-fig, 27 click into place.
NUMBER PLATE LIGHT fig. 28
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
O worl< in the point shown by the arrowand remove lens A;
O change the bulb B releasing it from thesjde contacts and making sure the newbulb is correctly fastened between thecontacts;
D refit the lens.
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHTBURNS OUTFor the type of bulb and power rating, see"When needing to change a bulb".
FRONT CEILING LIGHT{ig.29-30
To change the bulb. proceed as followr
O work in rhe points shown by the at.rows and remove cover A:
D turn the 2 bulb holders B counter.clockwise, remove and replace bulbq
a.€
r55
-frEA
E=
ce€gEE
COURTESY MIRROR LIGHTfig.31
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
D open the mirror cover A;
J remove the bulb B levering in rhepoints shown by the arrows;
. replace the bulb releasing it from theside contacts making sure that the newbulb is correctly clamped between thecontacts.
D to replace the bulb C, release it fromthe side contacts mal<ing sure that tnenew bulb is correctly clampedbetween the contacts.
GLOVEBOX LIGHT fig. 32
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
D open the glovebox, remove the l ightunit A levering in the point shown bythe arrow;
D replace the bulb releasing it from theside contacts making sure that the newbulb is correctly clamped between theconlacts.
157
g=
>-fr6:/aa
BOOT LIGHT
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
O open the tailgate;
3 remove the light unit A-fig. 33 leve-ring jn the point shown by the arrow.
open the protection B-fig. 34 and re-piace the snap-fitted bulb;
re-close the protectiYe cover B-fig.34 on the transparent;
refit the light unit A-fig. 33 insertingit in its correct position firstly on oneend and then on the other unti l i tclicks into place.
PUDDLE / DOOR LIGHTS fig.35
To change the bulb, proceed as follow,
D open the door and remove the tran'sparent cover A levering in the Portlshown by the arrow;
D open the protection B and rePlacethesnap-fitted bulb;
D re-close the protecttve cover B onthetransParent cover A.
ran-otnt
the
tne
SIDE REAR CEILING LIGHTSllg.36
1 To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
I remove the light unit A levering in thepoint shown by the arrow;
I replace the bulb B releasint it fromthe side contacts making sure that thenew bulb is correctly clampedbetween the contacts.
SE) cutr ir, do not otte mpt ony repoirond contoct Fiat Deolerhip. Eeforechanging a fuse, check the ignitionkey hos been removed ond that allthe other electdc deyices hove beentumed offldisabled.
lf o general fuse (MEGA-FU-sE, /r4f or-FUsE, MAX\-FU-
If the fuse blows ogain, ho-ve the cor inspected ot Fiot
IF A FUSE BTOWS
GENERAL fig. 37
The fuse is a protective device for theelectric system: it comes into action (i.e.it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or impro-per action on the system.
When a device does not work, check theefficiency of its fuse: the conductor ele-ment A must be intact. lf not, replace thefuse with one ofthe same amp ratint (sa-me cotour).
B undamaged fuse
€ fuse with damaged filament.
To replace a fuse, use the pliers D hookedto the fusebox on the dashboard.
Never reploce o fus e with me-tol wires or onything else.
Never chonge o fuse withanother with o higher amp
A lr t t
%1ffif ig.37
Deole'ship.
>-g
3E
==c=EE
sE=
t59
rottn& DANGER OF FrRE
FUSE LOCATION
Fuses are grouped into two fuse boxes tobe found resDectivelv on the dashboard,on rhe baftery positive pole. in the engi-ne compartment and inside the boot (left-hand side).
==z=t iv
>-t!; !rg=
€z
ui- itl: l
!BBEBBN G]ARF]FIU EIIEIEEJIE!BEEBEn Ftot;t laari t{iElrllrIirIJI G;I|aAF]E]I ]ITJIEIEIEIE
l1JI
It
Fuse box in engine compartmentfig.40-41
To tain access to the fuses in the fuse boxnext to the battery, remove the protec-tion cover.
9o
=?usgE
>-*
at
nrt f t nnfrr ' l| | | l t | | l l
=e:s=
>-g5: l?=
Fuse box on the battery Positivepole fi9. 42-43
To sain access to the fuses in the fuse boxon tlhe battery positive pole press the re-tainers A and remove the Protection co-ver B.
EE
Fuse box in the boot fig. 44-45
To gain access to the fuse box located onthe left side of boot open the relevantdoor (as shown in the figure).
==s=eg.,=g=
=q=a
@@
{;
E\Fi.i*r
F80.
r _r,r Ll 'r
: - ,i i l ! l
f , . l
\ ' :7F66 F61 F78
)t+ItJ
t--q;.+
F-7i F60
ABLE
AMPERE
F12headlight
dlight / headlight aiming device F 13
F 3ldashboard / body computer relay coils
F32s door contTol unlts
rear power window branch PointF34
right rear power window branch point
sensor, wa[er in diesel fuel f i l ter sensor' rJ l
heaterF36
control unit
FUSE SUMMARY TABI
Fuse box on dashboard
USERS
Risht dlelgd beam head!1s11
l9ft;land d19ce! beam feaEnsine compamment ano o
+30 Dri:er 3nd Passenger+ l5 oower for boot - left
:+ 15 Dower for boot - riSf
+ l5 Reversing lithts' AQSdecimeter, addrtlonal heatt
+30 Pr:seitlng for trail:r (
+ l5 Third brake light, instKev-controlled Power for
'Boot un!ocktng
+30 EOBD diagnostic socAlarm siren control unlt, \
:ontrol unit' Hands-f1ee k
Rear heated window
Wildscreen/1ear window
+ !5 B3ke branch Pojnt (,
Wlndscreen wlPer, wrnds
C lrrent oudet on celtral
Sunroof
Sunroof cuftain motor
s=
>s
t=
gts
=vescE
-z
174
instrument panel, left and right headlight control unit -
for gas-discharge headlight control unltF37
F38
F39socket. ceil ine l ights. phone presetting'it, volumetri i piotection alaTm contTol unit ryre Pressure)e l<it control unlt
F40
t5F4lwasher nozzle defroster
ABS/ESP), steering ansle branch Point yaw senso! F42 7.5
30F43windscreen/rear window washer pump
F44 2020F45
console
F46
Power for control unir on driver side
aa
Air bag s)'stem
-15 Branch point for elecrric steering. tyre pressure control unir
F50
i ie
ees
=gE
7\
Rear window wiper, boot control unit relay coils, cigar l ighter
+30 instrument panel
175--
Fuse box in engine compartment
USERS
+30 Dashboard control unit 2
AMPERE
40
+30 Climate control system fan
- 30 Electric sreering lock branch point
F2
F3F4+ 30 Brake branch point (pump)
+ 30 Brake branch point (solenoid valve)
'30 Entine cooling fan low speed (2.2 - Multi jet)
+ 30 Engine cooling fan low speed (Multiiet a.t.) 50
+30 Engine cooling fan high speed (2.2 - Multi iet) t: 40
1!o+ 30 Engine cooling fan high speed (lYultiiet a.t.)
+30 Manual climate control system fan (excluding f4ultiiet a.t.)
Headlight washer F9
F t0
Ft4
Sundry secondary services
Right main beam headlight
Left main beam headlight
E.i. system
E.i. primary services
+30 Engine control unit, automatic transmission control unit and gear lever
: : F 15F t t
i . F 17
7.5
t07.5F 18
Compressor
a=
175
Diesel fuel filter
F t9 7.5
PumP Powerintservices (Petrol)
[i primary services (Multiiet)+30 Sound system/Connect, additional neater conrot unit* lsAutomatic transmission control unit, tear levertrom fog lights
t )
t520
20t5t5
Fuse box in the boot
USERSAMPEREs=
>"95Yaa
+30 External sound system amPlifier
Free
+30 Left front seat control
Driver's seat warming
F59
F60+39 Righifront seat control
z=a=qE
Free
F66
F68
7.5Passenger's seat warmlng
Free
Free
r 67 t . t
F77
E7q
Ean
t69
freeFree
Free
box near the battery
USERS
fuse box in engine compartment
Dashboard control unit I
* 30 Glow plug control unit (Multijet)
+ 30 Electric power steering branch point (excluding 2.2 petrol)
* 30 Electric power steering branch point 2.2 petrol version$et on battery case wall)
t5070
608080
EE3=
E*
==sE
IF THE BATTERY IS FIATWARNING The battery charging proce-dure is described only for information pur-poses. This operation should be carriedout by Fiat Dealership.
Charging should be slow at a low amp ra-ting for 24 hours. Charying for a longer ti-me may damage the battery.
Charge the battery as follows;
D disconnect battery negative terminal;
O connect the charger cables to the bat-tery terminals, observing the poles;
D turn on the charter;
O when you have finished. turn the char-ger off before disconnecting the bat-tery;
0 reconnect battery negative terminal.
IMPORTANT lf the car is fitted with alarmsystem, turn it off with the remote con-trol (see "Alarm" in section "Dashboardand controls").
naked flomes ot Possible sources ofspor,s: explosion and fire risk
JACKING THE CARlf the car is to be lifted, go to a Fiat Dea.lership which is equipped with the armhoist or workshoo lift.
Jack up the car only by positioning the jackarms or the shop iack in the points shownin fig. 46.
/lN Do not ottempt to chorge o
- frozen bottery; it must trirstl),be thowed otherwise ia mdy burst, tffreezing has occured, the batteryshould be checked by skilled penon-nel to moke sure thot the internol ele-ments arc not damoged and thot thebody is not crqcked, wieh th€ risk ofleoking poisonous o nd corrosive ocid.
The liquid in the bdttery is
r80
TOWING THE CARThe tow ring provided with the car is hou-sed in the tool box under the boot mat.
ToW RING HOOKING fig. 47-48
Proceed as follows:
fl release the cap A;
D take the tow hook B from its support;
D tighten the ring on the rear or frontthreaded pin.
Refer to the specific chapter for towingcars fitted with electronic automatic tran-smission.
==
-E==
E-vo
=as=2e=g=
>-t==
Do not stort the enginewhen towing the car.
Y+
gredter effort is required on the Pe-ddl ond steering wheel, Do not useflexible cables for towing ond avoidjerks. During towing oqerotionsmoke sure that fastening the joint tothe cdr does not dsmdge the com-ponents in contoct with it. Whentowing the cor, you must comPIYwith the specilic troffic reEulotionsregarding the tow ring and how totow on the rood.
7NEEIUil/l\ Before fitting the hook,
- cleon qccurdtelv its thrcoded
seot Before stdrting to tow, moke su-re to hoYe tighten the hook
When towing, remember thotwithout the herp of the brake boo'ster ond power steerin& o greotereffort is required on the Pedol ondsteering wheer. Do not use flexiblecobles for towing and ovoid jerks'During towing oPerotions moke su.re thot fostening the ioint to the cordoes not domage the components ircontdct with it. when towing thecor, you must comqly with the sqe'cific toffic rcgulotions regording thetow ring ond how to tow on therood.
t82
GAR MAINTENANGE
AIR FILTERJPOLLEN
DIESEL FUEL FILTER
SCHEDULED SERVICING
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
HEAVY-DUTYCHECKING FLUID 1EVE1S........,.
tuI85
187
187
t88
t97
t97
t98
200
201
202
203
20s
>fr
5E
=
BATTERY
iEEgo
==8=EEWHEELS AND TYRES
RUBBER HOSES
wTNDScREEN/REAR WTNDOW WtPERS....................BODYWORK..........INTERIORS
E=
>-eE:J==
ses=ee=gg
SCHEDUTED SERVICINGCorrect maintenance is essential for en-suring lonS car l i fe under the best condi-trons.
This is why Fiat has protrammed a seriesof checks and maintenance operationsevery 30.000 km.
It is however important to remember thatscheduled servicing does not completelycover all the car's requirements: also inthe initial period before 30.000 km servicecoupon and later, between one couPonand another, ordinary care is still requiredsuch as for example routine check andtopping up the level offluids, tyre pressurecnecK. elc...
IMPORTANT The Proerammed Mainre-nance coupons are speiified by the l"lan-ufacturer- The failure to have them car-ried out may invalidate the warranty.
Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fi-at Dealership, at pre-established times.
lf during each operation, in addition to theones programmed. the need arises for fur-ther replacements or repairs, these maybe carried out only with the explicit agree-ment of the Customer.
IMPORTANT You are advised to conuclFiat Dealership in the event of any minotoperating faults. without waiting for tl'enext service coupon.
lf your car is used frequendy for towingthe interval between one service couPonand the other must be reduced.
=Be
t84
SERVICE SCHEDUIEThousands of km 30 60 90 t20 t50 r80
Check tyre conditions/wear and adiust pressure if required o O o o o oCheck light system operadon(headlighcs, direction indicators,hazard lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights,glovebox liShts, warning lights, etc.) o o o o o oCheck windscreen wiper/washer operation,djust nozzles if required o o o o o aCheck windscreen/rear window blade Dosition/wear o o o o o oCheck front disk brake pad conditions and wearand wear indicator operation o O o o o oCheck rear disk brake pad conditions and wear O o oSiSht inspect the conditions of: body external parts,urderbody protection, pipes and hoses(exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts(boos, sleeves, bushes, etc.) o o o o o O
Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleannessdnd lobrication a o o o o oCheck and top up, if required, fluid levels (brakes/hydraulic clutch, poweriteering, windscreen/rear window washer, battery, engine coolanq etc.) o o O o o oCheck power steering system (2.2 petrol versions) o o a o o oCheck and adjust handbrake lever stroke, if required o o oSight inspect accessory drive belt conditions (Multiiet vers.) a OSight inspect accessory drive belt conditions (1.8 perrol versions) o oSight inspect timing belt (1.8 petrol versions) o oCheck and adjust tappet clearance (1.9 l',lultiiet 8V vers.) O o oCheck and adjust tappet clearance (1.8 petrol versions) o
Thousands of km 30
Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions)
Check exhaust em;ssions/smoke (l'4ultijet versions)
o oII
ooCheck antievaporation system (petrol versions)
-*i: !2Check engine control s/stem operation (through diagnostic sockel) oCheck and top up, i f required, automatic transmission oi l level aReplace accessory drive belds (Multijet versions / petrol exclude l 8)
Replace accessory drive belds (1.8 petrol versions)
Replace t iming beh (f4ult i jet versions)'
11 3 r::: Replace t iming belt (1.8 petrol versions)'
Change spark plugs (petrol versions exclude 1.8)
Change spark plugs (1.8 petrol versions) oReplace diesei fuel f i l ter (Mult i jet versions) aoaChange air cleaner cartr idge (petro versions) oChange air cleaner cartridge (lvlultijet versions)
Change engine oi l and oi l f i l ter (petrol versions)
aooaoaaoooao(.) {o) (o) (o) (o)Change engine oi l and oi l f i l ter ( lYult i jet versions - DPF)"
Change engine oi l and oi l f i l ter (14!r t l jet versions without DPF) ao(o)
ooaoChange brake fluid (or every 2 years)
Change pollen filter (or every year)
o
regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 4 years for Particularly demanding use(cold climates, driving in the city, idling {or a lonS time) or in any case every 5 years
Engine oil and oil filter shall actually be changed according to the conditions of use of the car and it is indicated by the relevant warning liSht
or message (where provided) on the insrrument panel (see section "Warning lights and messages")
t86
ROUTINEMAINTENANCEEvery 1.000 km or before long journeys,check and top up if required:
J engine coolant f luid level;
I brake fluid level;
0 windscreen washer fluid level;
! tyre pressure and conditions;
0 light system operation (headligha, di-rection indicarors, hazard lights, etc.);
0 windscreen wiper/washer operationand windscreen/rear window bla<reposition/wear;
Every 3,000 km checl< and top up if re-quired: engine oil level.
You are Tecommended to use FLSelenia, products, designed and pro-duced specifically for Fiat cars (see table"Capacicres in secrion 'Technical speci-lications").
HEAVY-DUTYShould prevail ing use of the car be underone of the followint specially heavy con-otf lons:
DoD
check cleanness of locks, bonnet andboot and lever cleanness and lubrica-On;
sitht inspect the conditions of: engine,gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses(exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);
check battery charge and fluid level(electrolpe);
visual check on various drive belt con-ditions;
check and replace pollen fi l ter, if re-quired;
check and replace air cleaner, if re-quired.
trailer or caravan towing;
dusty roads;
shoft distances (less than 7-8 km) re-peated and with external tempera-tures below zero;
frequently idling engines or long dis-tance low speed driving (e.g. door-ro-door deliveries) or in case of a longterm inactivit/;
3 driving in the city;
carry out the following checks more fre-quently than required in the ServiceSchedule:..|
check front disk bral<e pad conditionsand wear;
I ;9==
<s
ga
==€gEE
187i
==2,=
>-36! l==
=asz5=gEs
CHECKING FTUIDtEvErsl . Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid
4. Windscreen/rear window washerfluid
5, Engine coolant
IMPORTANT Topping up or change olthe power steering fluid of 2.2 petrolver.sions shall be carried out at a Fiat Dea!ership.
When toPping up toke corenot to confuse the voriousxlPes of fluids: they ore oll incomDotible with one dnothel
ond could seriously domoge the cor,
When topping up toke corcnot to confuse the vorioustyPes of fluias: they orc oll in-compotible with on€ dnother
and could seriousl'/ damoge the car.
Never smoke while wo*ingin the engine compoftmeng
gos and intlommoble vopoun may bePresent, with the risk ofrlre.
t .
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Engine oil
Battery
Brake fluid
Windscreen/rear windowfluid
Engine coolant
Power steerint f luid
hante of|trol ver-iat Deal-
r,orkingtmenqnoy be
yasher
e coreoriousoll in-tothere can
f ig.2 - l .8 versions
=e!g=When topping up toke ccrenot to confuse the voriouJtypes af tluids: they ore ollincamqotible with one qnother
qnd could seriously domoge the cof,
Never smoke while worbng
- in the engine compoftmeng
gos and inflommoble vqPours may beprcsent, with the fisk of firc.
Engine oil
Battery
Brake fluid
Windscreen/rear window washetfluid
Engine coolant
Power steering fluid
f
aa
s9=E
5Eg
| . When toPping uP toke csre.i7-J not to confuse the vorious
tEl rypq5 q1 fh, ids: they ore oll in-compotible with one onother
ond could sefiously domoge the csr.
==
3E
Never smoke while working
- in the engine compartment;gos ond inflammable vapourc may bepresent, with the risk oftlre.
l . Engine oi l
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid
4. Windscreen/rear window washerfl uid
5. Engine coolant
5. Power steering fluid
==
asher
ig. 4 - 1.9 Mult i iet 6v versions
==zav
>-s5!Z=h
==E=cA=gE
E
When topping up toke corunot to confuse the votiouitypes of fluids: they orc ollit'comDqtible with one onother
fi
HE=* gas ond inflommo'ble voPours moy le
present, with the risk of fre,
ond could seriously domoge the cot,
Never smoke whife workingin the engine comfortme4
Engine oil
Battery
Brake fluid
Windscreen/rear windowfluid
Engine coolant
Power steering fluid
t .
2.
3.
4.
t .
6.
fi8. 5 - 2.4 Multijet 2ov versjons
washer
(e cofe,orious, oll in-notherte cof.
iner
EA
=s
$a
*ag!2
2.4<6
E
ENGINE OtL
Checking engine oil
Check rhe oil level a few minures (aDour)J after rhe engine has sropped, wirh rhecar parked on levelground.
Remove rhe dipsrick A and clean it. pucrr Dack rn complerely. remove ir and checl(thar.rhe tevel is wichin rhe lylN and MAXmarks on rhe dipscick. The pap berween(he MIN and l4AX marks coiresponos roaoour one lirre of oil.
Topping up engine oitlf,the oil level is near or even below rhenI\ mark, add oil rhrough the filler necku, untrt reaching rhe MAX mark.Oil levei shall never exceed the MAXmark.
IIt4PORTANT lf a rourine check revealsthar Ehe oil level is above rhe l4AX mark,concacr Fiat Dealership to have che cor_rect tevel .estored_
lyI9.lIAryT After addinr or changingtne ort. tet the engine turn over for aTeiseconds_and_ wair a few minutes after turn_In8 rt ofi betore you check the level.
When the engine is hot, tokecare when working inside the
engine compar.ment to oioid iiis.xememDei thot when the e.tsiDe isho-\ fon moy cut in: danger ofTnjury.Scorves, tier ond other loosi cioth_tng might be pulled by moving ptons.
l0 - 2.4 MuLjjer 2ov vero;
t93
==
, -e-14:".j=ea=gg
>-cta
ai5E5
a
t ' . . i
lJsed engine oil ond fiher con-toin hormful substonces forthe environment. Contact Fi-ot DeolershiD to hove the oil
and filter chonged.
Engine oil consumPtion
14ax engine oil consumption is usually 400grams every 1000 km.
When the car is new, the entine needsto run in, therefore the engine oil con-sumption can only be considered stabilisedafter the first 5000 - 6000 km.
I|4PORTANT The oil consumption de-pends on driving style and the conditionsunder which the car is used.
IMPORTANT Do not add oil with sPeci-flcations other than that already in the en-gine.
tpecificotions from thot ol'reodv existins. PARAFLU UP connotbemixid with ithertypes offluids. Shouldother fluids be odde4 do not stqrt theengine ond contoct Fiot DeolershiP oisoon os Possible.
The cooling system usesPARAFLU UP antifreeze. Donot odd fluid hoYing diffetent
Do not remove the teservoilcop when the engine i5 hot;
you risk scolding yourself.
The cooling sYstem i5 Pres-surised. lf necessory rePloce
the cqq only with onother genuineone, othenryise sydem efriciengy <ouldbe comoromised.
ENGTNE COOLANT FLUID fig. I I
The coolant level shall be checked withcold engine and shall not be lower thanthe minimum mark on the reseryoir'
l f the level is low pour slowly a mixtureof 50% disti l led water and 50% PARAFLUUP by FL Selenia through the filler neck A.
A 50% mixture of disti l led water andPARAFLU UP gives freeze Protection to22"C.
, \
cl
r94
usesrDolrentt ol-tt betourdI thetP as
Flot"iot:
I
fig. t3
4rcIEF| :d=l=v
c€i==5=6!
>- Y)E!la3
<a
€
tS-IFeFetld
!
WINDSCREEN/REARWINDOW/HEADLIGHTWASHER FLUID
To top up, remove the cap A-fig. l2 andthen pour a mixture of water andTUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35, in thefoilowing concentrations:
! 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35and 70% water in summer;
D 50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35and 50% water in winrer.
In case oftemperatures below -20'C, useundiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35,
Check level through the reservoir.
Proper dipstick shows the fluid level fig.l3 in the windscreen washer reservoir.
Do not travel with the wind-screen wosher reservoir
1.8 petrol versions
POWER STEERING FLUID fig. l4
1.8 petrol and Multi jet versions
Check that the fluid level in the reservorris at maximum level.
This operation shall be carried out withthe car on level surface, engine not run-ning and cold.
Check that the fluid level is at the MAXmark on the dipstick integral with reser-voir cap A-fig. 14.
lf the fluid level in the reservoir is belowthe specified level, contact Fiat Dealership.
empty. The windscreen wosher is fun-ddmentat for improving visibitity.
Certoin commerciol oddi-tives for windscreen wqshers
are inflommable. fhe engine com-partment contoins hot componentswhich may set it on fire.
195
==z=
>-g
e-
E
2.2 versions
Contact Fiat Dealership for topping up orchanging the power steering fluid.
steering fluid to touch thehot ports of thC enginet it is intlom-moble, BRAKE FLUID fig. 15
Unscrew cap A and check that the fluidlevel in the reservoir is at maximum
Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceedthe MAX mark.
From time to time, check the instrumentpanel warning light (O).
Use only DOT4 fluid for topping up. Werecommend TUTELA TOP 4, which is thefluid used for f irst f i l l ing.
IMPORTANT Brake fluid is hytroscoPic(i.e. it absorbs moisture). For this reason,iithe car is mainly used in areas with a highdegree of atmospheric humidity, the flurdshould be reolaced at more frequent in-tervals than specified in the "Serviceschedule".
==3=e3=qE
Moke sure thot the highly cor-rosive broke fluid does not driponto the Pointwork if it does,wosh it off immediotely with
Do not ollow the Power
t96
coPicason,
la highie fluidnt in-9rvice
/ cor-tlriPtoes,with
Broke fluid is poisonous andhighly corrosiva In the event
contoct, wosh the pdrtsimmediotely with neutrql
and woter, then rinse thor-y. Coll the doctor immediotelyfluid is swollowed.
AIR FITTER/POLIENFILTERAir cleaner or pollen fi l ter reDlacementshall be carried out at a Fiat Dealershio.
DIESET FUE[ FILTER
DRAINING THE CONDENSE(Multijet versions)
The presence of woter in thefuel circuit con severel,l dom-oge the iniection system ondmoke_the engine misfre. lf the
worning light turni on, contoct'o Fi-ot Deqlership os soon os possible tohove the bteeding operotian corried
96
_e=g=ze=gg
>-Ei; !Jea
z.=<5
:5
out. Should the worning light tum onafter refuelling, woter hos probsblybeen poured into the tonk tum the en-gine off immediotely ond contact o Fi-qt Deolershib.
197
BATTERYThe battery is of the "Limited mainte-nance" type: under normal conditions ofuse the elecrrolyte does not need toppingup with disti l led water.
CHECKING THE CHARGE f ig. l6
The battery charge may be checked sat-isfactori ly through the insPection slot us-ing the indicacor A and acting accordingro the colour the indicator shows.
Refer to the table below or to the labelB on the battery.
7^tE/lN fne liquid in the bottery is
- Doisonous on<i corrosle.
Ayoid contact with eyes ond skin. Donot bring naked flomes or Possibresources ofspork n eor to the battery:risk of fire dnd ex2tosion.
Ir.lE[\ Running the bottery with
- low fluid level csn domoge
the botte|f beyond rePdir ond couldorso couse its exPlosion.
Bright white colour -. Top up electrolyte . Contact Fjat DealershiP
Dark colour without . Low charge level Charge the batterygreen area in the centre (advisable to contact
frat uealersnrP)
Eleccrolyte level and charSe No actionDark colour withgreen area in the centre sufficient
CHANGING THE BATTERY
lf required, replace the batter/ with a gen-uine spare part having the same specifi-caaions.
lf a battery with different specifications isfitted, the service intervals given in the"Service schedule" in this section wil l nolonger be valid.
Refer to the instructions provided by thebattery manufacturer.
Incorrect fitting of electricolond electronic occessories consefiously damoge the cor. lf af.ter buying the cor, you wqnl
to instoll electric occessories whiclt re.quire permanent electric suPpll(olarm, free-hond phone kit, etc.) con-toct Fiot Deolership whose quolifledperconnel, in oddition to suggesting themost suitoble devic es, will evoluote theoveroll electric obsorption, checkingwhether the cqr electric s)rstem is co-poble of withstonding the load rc-quired, or whether it should be inte.groted with o more powerful bottery,
=a
r98
i: i:. '. ..:: Botteries contqin substdncesl':. . .:.i thql ore very hormful for the,.:. . .. environment You orc odvised
to hoye the battery chqneedot o Fiot Deolership, which is propirtyequipped for disposing of used botter-ies respecting noture ond the low,
USEFUL ADVICE FORLENGTHENING THE LIFE OFYOUR BATTERY
To avoid draining your bacrery and lengrn-en its l i fe, observe rhe followine indica-tions:
O when you park the car, ensure thedoors, tailgate and bonnet are closedproperly;
the ceiling liShts must be off. The caris however provided with an auto-matic system for switching off internallights;
do not keep accessoTies (e.9.: soundsystem, hazard lights, etc.) switched onfor a long time when the engine is notrunnrng;
before performing any operation onthe electrical system, disconnect thebattery negative cable;
battery terminals shall always be per-fectly righrened.
IMPORTANT A battery which is kept ara charge of less than 50% (optical indica-tor with dark colour without green areain the middle) for any length of time willbe damaged by sulphation leading to a re-duction in cranking power.
Moreover, this might lead to a higher riskof the battery electrolyte freezing (thismay even occur at - l0'C). lf the car is in-actlve for a long period of time, refer to"Car inactivity", in section "Correct useof the car".
lf after buying the car, you want to installelectric accessories which require per-manent electric supply (alarm, etc.) con-tact Fiat Dealership whose qualif ied per-sonnel, in addition to suggesting the mosrsuitable devices, wil l evaluate the overarrelectric absorption, checking whether thecar's electric system is capable of wirh-standing che load required. or wherher itshould be integrared with a more power-lul oaftery.
at
o
>- Yl
<, i
s=g6
:2eE
gEE
=3=,t
tn
f-rtt-
!d
lf the cor is left inoctive forlong periods oN cold, remove
the bqtaery ord store it in a wqrmPloce to prevent freezing.
When working on the bot-tery or nedr it, olwoys weor
the proPer goggles.
a
I
t99
In fact, since these devices continue ab-sorbing energy even when the itnition keyis off, they gradually run down the battery.
The total intake of these systems (facto-ry and after-market) must be less than 0,6mA x Ah lofthe battery) as shown in thefollowing table:
WHEEIS AND TYRES
Check the pressure of each tyre, includ-inq the spare, every two weeks and beforelo-ng journeys. The pressure should bechecked with rhe tyre rested and cold.
For the correcttyre inflation pressure, see"Wheels" in "Technical specifications"section.
Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre
A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.
B low pressure: tread Particularly wornat tne eotes.
C high pressure:tread particularly wornin the centre.
Tyres must be replaced when the treadwears down to 1.6 mm. In any case, com-ply with the laws in the country where thecar is being driven.
fig. 17
IMPORTANT NOTES
e0 Ah e)
o
tr
I
As far as possible, avoid sharp brak.inq and screech starts, etc. Be carefulnJt to hit the kerb, potholes or oth.er obstacles hard. Driving for longstretches over bumpy roads can dam'age rne lyres;
Periodically check that the q/res haYeno cuts in the side wall, abnormalswelling or irregular tyre wear. lf anyofthese occur, have the car seen to ala Fiat Dealership;
Avoid overloading the car when trav'ell ing: this ma)'cause serious damateto the wheels and tyres:
(*) Versions fitted with alarm.
200
1lr ti lt lt tt Il l
' lt lol0159m
lfa tyre is punctured, stoP immediate-ly and change itto avoid damage to thetyre, the rim, susPensions and steeringsystem;
Tyres age even if they are not usedmuch. Cracks in the tread rubber area sign ofageing. In any case, ifthe tyreshave been on the car for over 6 Years,they should be checked by specialisedpersonnel, to see if they can sti l l beused. Also remember to check thesPace-saYer sPare wneel;
ln the case of replacement, always fitnew tyres, avoiding those of dubiousorigin;
lfa tyre is changed, also change the in-flation valve;
To allow even wear between the frontand rear tyres, it is advisable to changethem ovei every l0- l5 thousand kilo-metres, keeping them on the sameside ofthe car so as to not reverse thedirection of rotation.
==A>-v6\
=!
Remember thot road holdingdeDends olso on the correct
tyre i ntl oti n g P r e ss u r e'
lfthe Pr€ssur€ ls too tow thetyre overheots and this €dn
couse it serious domage'
erties of the wheels could be im-poircd.
/ll\ Oo not cross tr.vitch the
- tyres, movingthem from the
right of the cor to the left ond vice
Ft@[\ tt""". submit otloy rims to
- rcPainting tredtments re-
quifing to use temPerdtures exceed-ing | 50'C since the mechonical Prop-
RUBBER HOSES
As far as the brake system and fuel rubberhoses are concerned, carefully follow the"Service schedule" in this section.
Indeed ozone, high temperatures and pro-loneed lack of f luid in rhe system maycauie hardening and cracking ofthe hoses,with possible leaks. Careful control istherefore necessary.
201E
brak-areful" om-
longdam-
have>rmallf any!o a!
trav-maSe
2-- 6Er lea
h, gb
E?3=24=gE
z=<6zx
E
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOWWIPERS
BLADES
Perjodically clean the rubber Part usingspecial products; TUTELA PROFES-SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
lfthe rubber blades are bent or worn theyshould be replaced. In any case they shouldbe changed once a year.
A few simple notions can reduce the pos-sibil i ty of damage to the blades:
3 if the temPerature fall below zero,make sure that ice has not frozen therubber against glass. lf necessar/, thawusing an antifreeze product;
1 remove any snow from che glass: in ad-dition to protecting the blades, thisprevents effort on the motor andoverheating;
t-J do not operate the windscreen andrear window wiPers on dry Slass
Driving with worn wiqerblodes is o serious hozor4
becouse visibility is reduced in bodweother.
Changing the windscreen wiPerblades fig. | 8
Proceed as follows:
D rajse the windscreen wiPer arm A andDosition the blade so that it forms anangle of 90' with the arm;
0 remove the snap fitted blade A fromarm B;
a fit the new blade and check it is ProP-erly locked into place.
Changing the rear window bladefig. 19
Proceed as follows:
D raise the cover A and remove the armfrom the car, slackening the nut B thatfastens it to the Pivot Pin;
O fit the new arm, Positioning it cor'rectly, and fullY tiShten the nut;
D lower the cover.
202
lrmmat
SPRAY NOZZLES
Windscreen wiper fig. 20
lfthe let offluid is inadequate, firstly checkrhat there is f luid in the reservoir; see"Checking fluid levels" jn this section).
Then check that the nozzle holes are notdogged, if necessary use a needle.
Fluid iets shall be directed at about l/3height from the window upper edge.
Rear window wiper fig' 2l
Rear window washer iets can be adjust-ed in the same way.
The nozzle holder is on the rear window.
HEADLIGHT WASHERS
Regularly check that the spray iets are in-tact and clean.
The headlight washers are automaticallyswitched on when the windscreen wash-er is operated and the headliShts are on.
BODYWORK
PROTECTION FROMATMOSPHERIC AGENTS
The main causes of corrosion are the fol-lowrnS:
D atmosphericpollution;
D sahy air and humidity (coastal areas.or hot humid climates);
D seasonal environment conditions.
Nor to be underestimared is also the abra-sive action of wind-borne atmosPhericdust and sand and mud and graYel raisedby other cars.
On your Fiat Croma, Fiat implementedthe best manufacturing technologies to ef-fectively protect the bodywork againstcorrosion.
These include:
J Painting products and systems whichgive the car particular resistance tocorrosion and abrasion;
D Use ofgalvanised (or pretreated) steelsheets, with high resistance to corro-sion;
=t=z=
>-E
5A
zZY={.4=qE
z=<6
€ror-
203--
>-rEY+a
c?s=E=
D Spraying the underbody, engine com-partment, wheelhouse internal Partsind other pans with highly Protectivewax products;
1 Spraying of plastic parts, wich a pro-tec(ive function, in the more exPosedpojnts: underdoor, inner fender parts,edges, etc.;
O Use of"open" boxed sections to pre-vent condensation and Pockets ofmoisture from triSSerint rust inside.
BODY AND UNDERBODYvvARRANTYYour car is covered by warranty againstperforation due to rust of any original el-ement of the structure or body. For thegeneral terms of this warranty, refer tothe Fiat Warranty booklet.
ADVICE FOR PRESERVINGTHE BODYWORK
Paint
Paintwork does not only serve an aesteth-ic purpose, but also protects the under-lying sheet metal.
In the case ofdeep scrapes or scores, youare advised to have the necessary touch-ing up carried out immediately to avoidthi formation of rust. Use only originalpaint producs for touching up (see "Body-work painr identif ication plare" in section"Technical specifi cation").
Normal paint maintenance consis6 inwashinp at intervals depending on the con-ditioniand environment of use. For ex-ample, in highly polluted areas, or if theroads are sprayed with salt, it is wise towash the car more frequentlY.
To correctly wash the car:
D remove the aerial from the roof toprevent damage to it i f the car hwashed in an automatic system;
O wash the body using a low Pressure ietof water;
wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy so"lution over the bodywork, frequentlyrinsint with the sponge;
rinse well with water and dry with a
iet of air or a chamois leather.
When drying take particular care with theless visible parts like door surrounds, bon"net and around the headlights where wa'ter may staqnate. The car should not betaken to a cl6sed area immediately, but le1in the open so that residual water canevaPorate.
Do not wash the car after it has been leftin the sun or with the bonnet hofl this mayalter the shine of the painwork.
D
J
E
t
tI
1
a3=*
=
204
tor is
:,et
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned inthe same way as the rest of the car.
Where possible, do not park undertrees;the resinous substance man), species re-lease give the paint a dull appearance andincrease the possibil i ty of trigSering rustProcesses.
IMPORTANT Bird droppings must bewashed off immediarely and rhoroughly asthe acid they contain is particularly ag-gressive.
Windows
Use specific window cleaner products.Use also clean cloths to avoid scratchingthe glass or damaging the transparency.
IMPORTANT The inside of therearscreen should be wiped gendy with acloth in the direction of the fi laments toavoid damaging the heatlng device.
Engine compartment
At the end ofthe winter the engine com-partment should be carefully washed,without directing the jet against electron-ic control units. Contact a specialisedworkshop to have this done.
IMPORTANT The car should be washedwith the engine cold and the ignition keyat OFF. After washing make sure that thevarious protections (e.g. rubber caps andvarious covers) have not been damaged orremoved.
INTERIORS
Periodically check that water is nottrapped under the mats (due to waterdripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.) whichcould cause oxidisation of the sheet met-al.
CLEANING SEATS AND FABRICAND VELYET PARTS
Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to re-move dust. Velvet is cleaned better ifthebrush is moistened.
Rub the seats with a sponge moistenedwith a solution of water and neutral de-rerSen!.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS
Remove dried on dirt wirh l ighrly moisa-ened chamois leather or cloth withoutpressing too hard.
Remove liquid or grease stains with a dryabsorbent cloth without rubbing. Thenwipe with a soft cloth or chamois leatherwith water and neutral soap.
?-3G!z*a
<6
=
ina
so-ntly
thecn-
beleft;an
efttay
205
lf the stain persists, use specific products,carefully following the instructions for use.
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or alcohol-based products.
Never use flommable prod-ucts like oil ether or rectirled
petrol for cteoning cdr interiors. Elec-trodgtic dischorges generated by rub-bing during cleaning operotions couldcouse fire.
STEERING vvHEEL/GEAR LEVERKNOB WITH GENUINELEATHER COVERING
These components shall only be cleanedwith water and neutral soao. Never usespirit or alcohol-based products.
Before using special products for clean-ing interiors, read carefully label instruc-tions and indications to make sure theyare free from soirit and/or alcohol-basedsuDslances.
lf when cleaningthe windscreen with spe-cial glass products, some drops fall on theleather covering ofthe steering wheel/gearlever knob remove them immediately andthen clean with water and neutral soap.
IMPORTANT Take the utmost care whenengaging the steering lock to preventscratching the leather covering.
INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS
Use appropriate products designed toPreserve the aPPearance ot comPonen$.
IMPORTANT Never use sDirit or Detro"leum to clean the instrument panel.
Do not ke+ oerosol cons inthe can they might explode.
Aerosol cons must never be exposedto d temperoture obove 50'C. Thetemperoture inside the csr exposedto the sun moy go well beyond thotfigure.
206
---
18,
EEGHDIIGAE SPIEGIFIGATI@R]gIDENTIFICATION DATA
ENGINE CODES - BODWVORK VERSIONS
ENGINE
FUEL FEED/IGNITION
TRANSMISSION
susPENstoNs.........
a3E
I!!,
,r
208
2t0
2
2t3
2t3
2t4
2t4
2t4
2t5
220
221
222
224
228
230
231
=€
BEg5
=eEsEE
STEERING
DIMENSIONS
PERFORMANCE
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
FUEL CONSUMPTION
co2 EMtssroNsRADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL:14INISTERIAL CERTIFICATIONS
>-Eg: sr&=
EE
2e3=2e,=qg
IDENTIFICATION DATAYou are advised to note the identif icadoncodes. The identification data somped andgiven on the plates and their position arethe following:
O Model plate
D Chassis marking
D Bodnvork paint identification plate
3 Engine marking.
MODEL PLATE fig. I
The plate is to be found on the frontcrossmember of the engine compartmentand bears the following identification da-
A Manufacturer' name.
B Homologation number.
C Vehicle type code.
D Chassis number.
E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.
F lYaximum vehicle weight fully loadedwith trailer.
G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle.
H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle.
S
Ho
!AaE-,1
D
C1-2-L
N trrd:eL !_
I Engine type.
L Body version code.
M Spare part code.
N Smoke opacity index (for diesel en.gines).
fig. I
208
fn lf :B ]r - lrDl
f ig3
BODYWORK PAINTIDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 3
The plate is applied inside the bonnet andit bears the following data:
A Paint manufacturer.
B Colour name.
C Fiat colour code.
D Respray and touch up code.
ENGINE MARKING
Engine marking is stamped on the cylinderblock and includes the model and thechassis number.
>-rt=
E=g6
EE:=g:
=6
=
CHASSIS MARKING fig. 2
It is prinred on the passenger compart-menr floor. neaT the right-hand fronr seat.
It can be reached by lifting the special flapin the carpetinE and includes rhe followingdata:
J car model;
O chassis number.
209
OEENGINE CODES . BODYWORK VERSIONS
Engine code
939A4000
1.9 Multiiet sv (with DPF) 9394 t000
1.9 Multijet 8v (without DPF) 9394 t000
f -36:"e=
G
Er
N
Pi
T,
M
gb
Body version
I94AXG IA O8B
I94AXAIA OOB
t94AXA t2 0l B2.2 a,t t94At000
==E=eA=gs 1.9 Multiiet sY I 15 HP ('F) 93947000 I94AXE I B
1.9 Multijet l5v (with DPF) 939A2000 t94AXC I B 03C
1.9 Multiiet r6v (without DPF) 939A2000 t94AXC I B 03D
1.9 Multiiet r6v a,t. (with DPF) 939A2000 t94AXC t2 04
1.9 Mult i iet l6v 135 HP (*) 939A8000 I94AXF I B
2.4 Multiiet 2ov a.t. (with DPF) 939A3000 t94AXD l2 05
(+) Versions for specific markets
--lllilt|-
ENGINE
GENERAL FEATURES
Engine code
Number and layout of cylinders
Piston bore and stroke
Total displacement
93944000
80.5 x 88.2
' Otto
4 ih l ina
86 x 94.6
2t98
86 x94.6
2t98
Compression ratio
lulaximum power (EEC)
corresponding ratio
Maximum torque (EEC)
corresponding ratio
t08t47
t08t47
5800
20320.74000
Cycle
=
€
=
2t l
Spark plugs BOSCH FQR 8 LEU2 AC DELCO HLRSSTEX AC DELCO HLRSSTEX
Fuel Unleadedpetrol 95 RON
(Specification EN228)
Unleadedpetrol 95 RON
(Specification EN228)
Unleadedpetrol 95 RON
(Specification EN228)
l6v a.t,,r 2.4==
>-nea
==3=u3=Es
<G
E
E
H#
go
GENERAL FEATURES
corresPondinS ratio28.6 .. 32.62000 : 2000
Engine code 939A1000 :, 93942000 93942000 .i.. 93943000
Cycle Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel
Number and layout of cylinders 4 in l ine 4 in l ine 4 in l ine 5 in l ine
Piston bore and stroke mm a2 x 'ru.4 82 x90.4 82 x 90.4 82 x 90.4
Total displacement cm' { l9l0 i: l9l0 : I9l0 :; 2387
Compression ratio 17.0 : I
Maximum power (EEC)
corresponding ra:io
l'4aximum torque (EEC)
HPrPm
Nmkgm
88 l-ll2o i
4nnn :
28028.6
0 it50 :
4000
0t50
4000
32032.6
32032.6
147200
4000
40040.8
Lt FUEt FEED/IGNITION==
Multipoint electronic injection
2.2 a.t.
Direct injection with electronically controlledMulti jet "Common Rail",
turbosupercharger and intercooler
=
€
Modifications or repoirs to the fuel Jystem thot are not cortied out proPely gldo not toke the system's tech-nical'specficotions'into occount con couse molfunctions leoding to the risk of ftc.
IRANSMISSION1.9 Multiiet ': 1.9 Multiiet l5v a,t.
,: 2,4 Multiiet 2ov a.t.
5 forward gears+ Reverse
automatic 5 forwardtears +
Reverse and tip
6 forward gears+ Reverse
automatic6 forward gears
+ Reverse and tip
BRAKES
Service brakes:- front
1.8 - 2.2 - | .9 Multiiet 8v
Disc, self-ventilating
1.9 Multiiet r6v2.4 Multiiet 2ov a.t.
Disc, self-ventilating>-sE:?*a
- rear Disc, self-ventilating
RI
Pr
tl,CI
tlbi r
IstI
l
e<)
=3€=gg
Parking brake
IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first brak.In8.
SUSPENSIONS
1.8-2.2-Mult i iet
Controlled by hand lever,it works on rear brakes
Controlled by hand lever,it works on rear brakes
=! i
Rear
f4cPherson independent wheels
Multi l ink independent wheels
STEERING
1.8 - 2.2 - Mult i jet 2.4 Multijet 20v a.t.
TyP" Electro-hydraulic power steering Electro-hydraulic power steerint
I t .3mMinimum steeringcycle
214
t0.9
'......'-
>- Y:E:??a
X:*K-
s e:i:=?S=qg
aE
WHEETS
RIMS AND TYRES
Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyreswith radial carcass. The homologated tyresare l isted in the Log book.
II"lPORTANT In the event of discrepan-cies between the information provided onthis "Owner handbook" and the "Logbook", consider the specifications shownin the log book only.
Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensuresafety of the car in movement, it must befitted with tyres of the same make andtype on all wheels.
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubeswith Tubeless tyres.
SPACE-SAVER SPARE vvHEEL
Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.
vvHEEL GEOMETRY
Front wheeltoe-in measured from rim tor im: l l lmm.
Rear wheel toe-in measured from rim tor im: + 1,3 (+ 1,4 - l ) mm.
The values refer to the car in running or-der.
UNDERSTANDING TYREMARKING fig. 4
Example:205/55 R l5 9l V
205 = Nominal width (S, distance be-tween sidewalls in mm).
55 = Percentage height/width ratio (H/s).
R = Radial tyre.
l6 = Rim diameter in inches (@).
9l = Load rating (capacity).
V = Maximum speed rating.
aEE
215
x=
?-s5!?
tsE
Load rating (capacity)
60 = 250 kg6l = 257 lrg
52 = 265 ke53 = 272 ke
64 = 280 ke65 = 290 kt65 = 300 kg
67 = 307 kg68 = 315 kt
69 = 325 kS70 = 335 kC7l = 34s kg72 = 355 lre73 = 365 kg74 - 375 kg75 = 387 kE
76 = 400 ke77 = 412 ke78 = 425 ke79 = 437 ke80 = 450 kg8l = 462 ke82 = 475 kE83 = 487 kg
Maximum speed rating
Q = uP to 160 km/h.
R = up to 170 km/h.
S = up to I80 km/h.
T = up to 190 km/h.
U = up to 200 km/h.
H = up to 210 km/h.
V = up to 240 km/h.
W = up to 270 km/h.
Y = up to 300 km/h.
Maximum speed ratingfor snow tyres
QM+S= upto 160kmih.
TM + S = up to 190 kmih.
HM + S = up to 210 km/h.
UNDERSTANDING RIMMARKING
Example: 6 l/2 J x l6 H2 ET4l
6 l/2 = rim width in inches (l).
84 = s00 ke85 = 515 kg
86 = 530 kg
87 = 545 kg88 = 560 kg
89 = s80 ks90 = 600 ke
9l = 615 kg
92 = 630 ks93 = 650 kg
94 = 670 ke95 = 690 kS
96 = 710 kg97 = 730 kg98 = 750 ke
99 - 775 ke100 = 800 kg
l0l - 825 kg102 = 850 kg
103 = 875 kg
104 = 900 kg105 = 925 kc106 = 9s0 ke
E==^r
2e8=24=qg
ET 4l =
rim drop center outl ine isideprojection where the tyre beadrests) (2).
rim nominal diameter in inches(corresponds to diameter ofthetyre to be mounted) (3 = @).
"hump" shape and number (re-l ief on the circumference hold.ing the Tubeless tyre bead onthe rim).
wheel camber angle (distancebetween the disc/rjm supPoninsplane and the wheel rim centreline).
2r5
side)ead
thesme@).
)ld,on
lceinglre
(*) Only for versions with ESP(V) Tyres thar canno! be fjrted wirh snow chajns
vERStONS RIMS TYRESStandard tyres I Snow tyres
Space-saver spare wheelRim I
.ryre
t .8 6.5J x 15" - ET 4l5.5J x 16" - ET 4l7lx 17" - ET 4l
7.5J x 18" - ET 4l
205i55 Rt6 9 tV2 t5/s5 Rt6 93W215/50 Rt7 9tW
22sl45 Rl8 95Y (*) (V)
20s/55 Rt6 9t H (M+S)2lslss Rt6 93 H (M+S)2l5is0 Rt7 9t H (M+S)
22sl45 Rr8 9s H (f4+s) (*)4JRt6-ET4l r 5/70 Rt6 92 t4
1' ' 6.5J x 16" - ET 4l6.5J x 16" - ET 4l7lx17"-ET4l
7.5J x 18" - ET 4l
20s/s5 Rt6 9tv2t5155 Rt6 93W2 t5i50 R l7 9 tW
22si4s R t8 esY (*) (V)
20s/s5 Rt6 9t H (M+S)2 r5/ss Rt6 93 H (M+S)2r5150 Rt7 9t H (M+S)
22sl45 Rr8 95 H (M+S) ({.)4JRt6-ET4l I t5 i70 Rt6 92 M
2,2 a,t. 6.5J x 16" - ET 4l6.5.1 x 16" - ET 4l7)x17"-Ef4l
7.5J x 18" - ET 4l
205i55 Rl6 9 tV2 t5i55 Rl5 93W2 t5/50 Rt7 9tW
225l4s Rr8 9sY (*) (V)
205iss Rt6 9t H (M+S)2r5l5s Rt5 93 H (M+S)2 rs/50 Rt7 9t H (M+S)
225/45 Rl8 95 H (t4+S) (*)4J Rr6 - ET4l I t5/70 Rt6 92 M
1.9 Multi iet 8v 6.5J x 16" - ET 4l6.5J x 16" - ET 4l7Jx 17" -ET 4l
7.5J x 18" - ET 4l
205/55 Rt6 9tV215/55 Rt6 93W2l5150Rt79tW
22sl4s R 18 9sY (+) (V)
205/ss Rt6 9t H (M+S)2 r5/5s Rt6 93 H (M+S)2rsl50 Rt7 9t H (M+S)
225l4s Rl8 9s H (M+S) (x)4JRr6-Er4l I t5/70 R t6 92 M
1.9 Mult i jet t6v 6.5J x 16" - ET 4l : l 205/5s R t6 9 tV6.5J x 16" - ET 4l :: 2lsl55 Rl6 93v"7lx17"-Er4l ' . 215/5ORI79lV,
7.5J x 18" - ET 41 22sl45 Rl8 95y ('k) (V)
205/5s Rl6 9l H (M+S)2rsi55 Rt6 93 H (M+S)2 rs/50 Rt7 9t H (M+S)
225/4s Rl8 9s H (t'l+S) (x)4j Rr6 - ET 4l I t5/70 Rt6 92 f4
1.9 Mult i iet t5v a-t . : 6.5Jx t6"-ET4t 205/55Rt69tV6.5J x t5" - ET 41 2t5l5SRl693W
.., 7l x t7" - ET 4t 2 t5/50 R t7 9 tw
: zs) I lB:'t Er 41 22sl4s Rr8 esy e) (v)
205/55 Rt6 9t H (t,1+S)2 rs/ss R t6 93 H (M+S)2rslso Rt7 9t H (f4+S)
22sl4s R 18 9s H (M+S) (*)4J Rr6 - ET 4l | 5/70 Rl6 92 M
2.4 Multiiet 20v a"t. \x 17" -ET 4t : . 2t5150 Rl7 95W7.5Jx 18"-ET4| 1 225l4s Rts9sy(V)
2rsl50Rr79t H (M+S)22sl45 Rt8 95 H (M+S) 4J Rr6 - ET 4l I 15/70 Rl6 92 t"l
g6
!eg
d--
=!2j
z=<6
€
==
2t7
zZE=e3=gs
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Petrol versionsSTANDARD TYRES
load
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
lftravell ing at a speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at the values specified for fully laden conditions.
Space.aver;oare wheel
>s
=i
,.:
€z
Size Medium loadFront Rear
Ful l spareRearFront
20s/ss Rr6 9!v2 rs/ss R!9 e3w2!vsoRrTelw225/45 RI8 95Y
t .8
2.4 2.4 2.7 26 .
2,6
2.5
2.4 2.4 2.5
2.4 2.4 2.6
2.4 2.4 2.6
2oslss R r6 elv
? rs/ss Rl6 e3w2 t5/50 Rl7 9lW
225/45 Rl8 95Y
2.2
2.4 2.4 2.8
' a)
2.i
2.4 2.4 2.5
2.4 2.4 2.7
2.4 2.4 2.7
205/55 R l6 9lV
215/55 Rl6 93W
2 t5/50 Rl7 9lW
225/45 R l8 95Y
2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6
2.5- t ' l
2.4 2.4 2.5
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
26
2.6
Front Rear Front RearsPare
20s/55 Rt6 9tV 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6
2 t5/55 R t6 93W 2.4 2.4 1.J 2.54.2.9 Multi iet 8v
2t5150Rt79tW 2.4 2.4 1.6 2.5
: 22sl4s Rr8 9sY 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5
i 205/55 Rl6 9lV
: 2 r5i55 Rt6 93W1,9 Mult i iet r6v ' ^ . : , ; : ̂ , -^ , . . ,' z t5 l )uKt/Ytvv
. 225145 Rt8 95Y
2.4 2.4 2.8 )7 - l
2.4 2.4 2.5
2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6q.t
2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5
205/55 Rt6 9tV 2.4 2.4 2.7
2.5' 4)
1.6
2.i :
1.9 Multiiett6v a,t.
2 t5/55 Rt6 93W
2t5150Rt79tW
225l4s R r8 95Y
2.4 2.4
2.4 2.4 2.7
2.4 2.4 2.6
2.4 Mult i iet 2 l5/50 Rl7 95w20v a.t. 225145 Rt8 95Y
2.6 2.5 2.9 2.7. 4 ' )
2.6 2.5 2.8
STANDARD TYRES Space-saversoare wheel
=E
>.s6! lE=
Medium load Full load
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Rechecl< pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
lf travelling at a speed higher than | 60 km/h, inflate tyres at the values specified for fu lly laden conditions.
!:
5
=5
=
-
E*
22f"=es=qc
Versions
t .8 - 2.2| .9 Multijet 8V1.9 Mult i jet l6V
(*) l6l8 with roof racks; track measuTements may vary according to rim size
(v) On ground with 3 passengers
DIMENSIONS
Dimensions are expressed in mm and re.fer to the car fitted with sundard ryres.
The height refers to the car unladen.
Boot volume
Unladen boot volume(V.D.A. standards)500 dm'
Extended boot volume(with folded seat back)893 dm'
t7 ' I \ l4Cq /v i
>-s5!?==
=E
@
220
r-rI
ts.
PERFORMANCE
Top admitted speed after initial car use in km/h.
PETROL VERSIONS
a=
ts9t*
=E€
=E
MULTUET VERSIONS
I.9 Multiiet 8V 1.9 Multiiet l6V 1.9 Multiiet | 5V a-t. 2.4 Multijet 20V a.t.
PF
==E=c.a=g=
2t6t95
WEIGHTSWeights (kg)
Kerb weight(including fuel, space-saver spare wheel,tools and accessories):
>-g
ahPayload (*) including the driver: 520520520
Maximum admitted loads (**)- front axle:- Tear axle:
total:
I t00t030t950
| 100t0302030
|00t0302050
Towable loads- rrailer with brakes:
trailer without brakes:t500700
r500700
t500700€
!*
80 80 80lYaximum load on roof (x*x):
I '4aximum load on tow hitch(trailer with brakes):
(*) lf special equipment is f itted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weiSht increasesthus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads jn the boot an/or on the roof so that they com-ply with these limits.
(***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.
70
222
iw l5v a.t. l
Kerb weight(including fuel, space-saver spare wheel,tools and accessories):
Payload (*)including the driver:
lvlaximum admiftedloads (**)- front axle:- rear axle;- total:
- trailer with brakes:- trailer without brakes;
==
>-*
==
| I50t0302040
| 500700
I t50t0302050
t500700
|50r0302060
t500700
| 200t0302t70
E=
t500700
seB=ee=Eg
Towable loads
Maximum load on roof (rt i ) : 80
223
l'4aximum load on tow hitch(trailer with brakes):
{i ') l f special equipment is f irted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increasesthus reducing the specified payload.
(*' i) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com-Dlv with these limits.
('i*x) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 l<g.
€
€
d products andlubricants
i-la: l
E€I3ElRel=€lE=lg5 l
=aEl=El=fr1
EI,J{
_=leEl
EEl224
CAPACITIESt .8
lifies I kg2.7
litres I kg2.2 a"t.
litres I kgRecommended
genuine l!
Fueltank:including a reserve of: 7 -9
62 627 -9
Unleaded petrolwith no leis than 95 R O.N(EN228 Specification)
Engine cooling sYstem- with climate control: 7.4 7.4 7.4
Mixture of 50% deminerallsed wa-ter and 50% PARAFLU UP
Engine sump and filter: 4.5 5 q SELENIA PERFORMERMULTIPOWER
Hydraulic brake circuitwhh ABS:
0.750 0.750 0.750 TUTELA TOP 4
Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid reservoir: (x)
3 (s) 3 (s) 3 (s) TUTELA PROFESSIONALsc 35
(1 The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers'
nd
la-
1,9 Multiiet8V
litres I ke
1.9 Multiiett6v
litres I ke
|,9 Multiietl6v a.t.
litres I ks
2.4 Multijet20v a.t,
litres I ke
Recommended products andgenuine lubricants
Fuel tank:including a reserve of:
6t7 -9 7 -9 7 -9
627 -9
Diesel fuel for motor vehicles(Specification EN 590)
Engine coolingsystem- with climate control: 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7
Mixture of 50% demineralised wa-ter and 50% PARAFLU UP
Engine sump and fi l ter: 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.4 SELENIA WR
Hydraulic brake circuitWith ABS: 0,750 0,750 0,750 0,750
TUTELA TOP 4
Windscreen/rear window/headlight washerfluid reservoir: (*)
3 (s) 3 (s) 3 (s) 3 (s)TUTELA PROFESSIONALsc 35
(+) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.
FIUIDS AND TUBRICANTS
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS
Fluid and lubricant specificationsfor correct car operation
Genuine fluidsand lubricants
Changeintervals
Lubricantsfor petrolengines
Synthetic-based engine oils, grade SAE 5W-30that pass FIAT 9.55535-G I orACEA A3 / 83 specifications
SELENIAPERFORMERMULTIPOWER
As per ServiceSchedule
2?Ez \.' :1
=E=.< i64X
E:
Synthetic-based engine oils, grade SAE 5W-40that oass FIAT 9.55535-M2 specifications
SELENIA WRAs per ServiceScheduleLubricant for
Multi jet engjnes
For regular operarion of Multi jet versions fitted with DPF, use the genuine lubricant only. ln the -event
of an emergency, lackinS
the geiuine lubricant, top up just once with max. 0.5 | and go to Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
Should non-senuine SAE 5W-40 products be used, lubricants with minimum ACEA 43 ProPerties for Petrol engines and ACEA
84 for Drese] engines are toleraced; in this event top engine pedormance is not guaranteed'
Using low-quali j producrs, not compliant wi.h ACEA 43 and ACEA 84 properties and sPecifications could cause engine damages
not coverec Dy warranly.
For very cold temperatures, consult Fiat Dealership for the proper Selenia product to use'
Fluid and lubricant specificationsfor correct car operation
., Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85rhar passes API GL-4 specifications
Special lubricant for S-speed automatic transmissions withcontrolled slip torque
. conveTters
. Special lubricant for 6-speed automatic transmissions withcontrolled slip torque
'conveners
TUTELA CARMATRYX
Genuine fluidsand lubricants
Applications
Mechanical gearboxanddifferentials
5-speed automatic!Tansmtsstons(petrol versions)
5-speed automaticlransmtsstons(Multi jet versions)
i- V:
go
TUTELA GI / V
TUTELA GI / VI
Lubricantsand greases fortTansmtsstons Synthetic f luid for hydraulic and electro-hydraulic systems TUTELA Gl / R Hydraulic power
steerjng
Molibdenum disulphide, l i thium soap based greaseNLGI 2 consistency
. TUTELA STAR 500 CV iointson wheel side E
Lithium soap based greaseNLGI 0 consistency
TUTELA MRMZERO
CV jointson differential side
z
=
4
z€
227
Brake fluid Synthetic f luid, F.M.V.S.S. no. | 16, DOT 4, ISO 4925,sAE t- t704. cuNA NC 956-0 |
TUTELA TOP 4 Brake and clutch hy-draulic controls
Protective with antifreeze action, red colourbased on inhibited monoethylen
Protecrive agenr glycol and organic formula, rhar passesfor radiators CUNA NC 956- 16. ASTI1 D 3306 soecifications
PARAFLU UP CoolingctTcuttsProportion:50% water and50% Paraflu UP
Windscreen ti Mixture of alcohol, water and surfactants TUTELA To be used dilutedand rear window i CUNA NC 956- | | PROFESSIONAL :' l or undilutedwasher fluid l: :, SC 35 i.l
: i l
:
248=te=a2
>-n?=
FUEI CONSUMPTION
The fuel consumption figures given in thetable below are determined on the basrsof the homologation tests set down bysoecific Eurooean Directives.
The orocedures below are followed formeasuring consumption:
D urban cycle: cold startint followedby driving that simulates urban use oftne car;
extra-urban cycle: frequent accel-erating in all gears, simulating extrau-rban use of the car: the sDeed variesbetween 0 and 120 km/h;
combined consumption: is calcu-lated weighing about 37% of urban cy-cle consumption and. about 63% ofextraurban consumDuon.
IMPORTANT The type of route, traf{icsituations, weather conditions. drivingstyle. general conditions of the car, trimlevel/ecuipment/accessories, load, climatecontrol system, roof rack other situationsthat affect air drag may lead to differentfuel consumption levels than those mea-sureo.
228
ffic
'imIterns:nt,'a-
Fuel consumption according to Directive 1999/100/EC (litres x | 00 km)Petrol versions
d=
>Ei: !2=a
=4.
===s2
-==<6
z
a€
1.8 2-2 B 2.2 a.tUrban
Extra-urban
c;;il;
9.8 I t .4 t2.56.0 6.7 7.67.4 8.4 9.4
Multijet versions
1.9 Multiiet sv f, t.9 I,tuttilet rcv 1.9 Multiiet t6v a.t. j 2.4 Multiret zov a,t,Urban
Extra-urban
7.9 8.1 9.3 r ! : l6.05.0 4.9 5.8
Combined 6.1
3€ co2 EMlsStoNs
>-*
The C02, emission levels at the exhaust given in the following table refer to combined consumPtion.
C02 emissions accordlng to 1999i 100/EC Directive (g/km)
Petrol versionsI e 77
gF
:3e*
=qE Multiiet versions
1,9 Multiiet 8v 1.9 Multiiet r5v 1.9 Multiiet r5v a.t. 2.4 Multiiet 2ov a.t.
2t2t87160t60
l-
I nnDloFREQUENCYREMOTECONTROkMinisreriolCerrificorionsI
Certif ication number
European Union andCountries applyjngEC directive
?-3
(€ (€
X*AGREE PAR L'ANRT I'IAROC
1'4R 2061 ANRT 2005 le 03/06/2005DdsiSnarion I Emetleur
l'larque / type : TRW / Tl94Conslructeur / Pa/s: TRW Automotive llalia SPA/ ltaly
ACREE PAR L'ANRT I'1AROCf'lR 2062 ANRT 2005 ie 0l/06/2005Desgiadoi : Emetteur / recepreurI'iarque/ type: TRW / NTR|94
Constructeur / Pays :TRW Alromotive kalia SPA / kaly
E-=!:
South AfricaTA-2005/817APPROVATED
TA-2005/8 t6APPROVATED
a3€
€:e
6EoI>
( ' !
'FL!!
ap
>6
Aili"1fr ,
o ' i jiP 6
E g l i6* g e 7 l ! ;j o d 5 l : :
: gq i i a aF _l iH: " :Fu ?=E € i€ l ; -*- '= 53* f ;g :g f iF |1i ;F ! :g [ : , : , - "E >Et: rEI ; i€ ; : F€i is : t$r ; : r i i i tEi=! Ei ' *s i i : ihgg:gE , .: l$; ; i : : ; : : i : :e Fi jI I ;= * i l? igt i r in : ' ;
' ' I ; i : : ,Eo iE: F: : : t :; ! ; " : :F 8iE :EHi i t
. rq x 'U)oN :d
q! r i i i i ; :ee ;g i f rg i i t r ts=I ; ; r sfFH#;"*; i ;* ; ;
' i "
F=uo-I !Hz=o5( )0.-
IJ. ()OHzRO9FI<E0,-
J$it!t-l
-
:-sE!/
3E
; :=
=?s=ee=gg
=6
E
aE
IABsAccessories ourchased by the userAdditional heater
Air ventsAlarmAnchoring the loadAnti-raising sensorArmrest
ID!DEX
comPartment cover........and closing
Consumption- engine oil- fuel
Containing runnint costs....................Control buftonsCorrect use of the car........................Courtesy mirror 1i9ht .........................Cruise ControlCurrent oudet
Dashboard and contro1s.................... 4-5- Dashboard (left hand drive) ....... 5- Dashboard (right hand drive) .... 236
Dead 1ockdevice.........................,........ l4- activation/deactivation.................. l5
Diesel filterdraining condense water..............
DimensionsDipped beam headlights
- hrr lh ranlrremant
- control ...................Direction indicators
- controlfront bulb replacement...-.-.-.-...
- rear bulb replacement ..................- side bulb rep|acement...................
Emergency keyEngine
777976
t68
87t96
I962t4
t58
9353
l t04
t9740t28lt3
6667
69898944
)o
- extension- luggage- openinS
230I
b6
t94228t30209
t6760
e5
t rq3E
z.=<6
=
- rearAshtray
- frondrear
- activation/deactivation .................Automatic climate contro1.................Automatic headlight sensor
(daylight sensor).......
Battery- rhpr lzrno the rh;roo
- lumP starting- recharging..............- replacing
Bodywork- maintenance- version codes
Bonnet
-anchorintthe load ........................- emertency opening.-.-.-.-.-.,..-
-Seneral instructions....................... 157
CapacityCar inactivityCar maintenance- neavy-dury
Boot lightBrake Assist (brake assist
in an emergency)......Brake fl uid 1eve1.....................................Brakes- fluid level
- reaTChassis (marking)Checking fluid levels ............................
- technical dataBulb (replacement)- bulb types
- routtne marntenance......................- scheduled service ..........................- Service Schedule
Carrying children safely .-.-.-.--.-..Ceil ing l ights
central l ight
224r36
t87
==€=24Egg
G€
t87t84t85t04
62
t97220
t6154
55t5l164t6373
626262
209t8873
t0768
t98t50r80198
2032t082768l77
Child lockChild restraint systems
(specifications for use)......................Cigar lighter 233
AE92t ;v
>-rG:Z€*
<U
=
- front- rear
E=
cAs=24sgg
- speciflcationsEngine compartment
- washingEngine coolant gaugeEngine coolant levelEngine oil
- checl<ing level- consumption- technical data
EOBD systemESP systemExtending the bootExternal lightsEyeglasses holder
Fiat CODE systemFlashing the headlights ........................Fluids and lubricantsFollow me home (device) .................Front ceil ing l ights- bulb replacement- contro1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lights- bulb replacement- control button
Fuel- fuel cut-off switch- tauSe
Fuel consumptionFuel cut-off switchFuel f i l ler capFuel gauge
Gearbox- use of the automatjc tearbox.....
use of the manual gearbox .........Glass/can holdersGlove companmendoddment
comPartmentGlove compartment 1ight...................
HandbrakeHazard lightsHeadlight washer
- control- f luid level
Headlights- aiming device
Levels- checking
Load limiters
Main beam headlights- bulb replacement- control- f lashing
Manual climate control system .........Multifunction display ..........,................
Numberplate 1ight .......................,....
Oddment compa'tments .................
PaintParkingParking sensorsPerformancePlates
- body paint- identif ication data...........................
Pollen fi 1ter................Power steering fl uid |evel...................Power windows
- conlTors
t25t2468
68t67
t2363
59r95858585
34343939
208t7
t49
237t866
205
t80
8
2t02092t l
2056
t94
t93t942269088775468
755
56
t6662
t6363
646
22864966
169
- beam adjustment
t88t02
16255551l20
t65
67
204t2394
221
209208197t95
75
t0910297
t68
Head restraints
Heating and venti1ation ......................Heating and ventilation system ........
ldentification dataItnition switchIn an emergencylnstrument panel
(left hand drive)Instrument panel
(right hand drive)
Presetting for mounting the"Univerial lsofix" child
lnstrumentsInterior fittingsInteTtors
Jacking the car
Key with remote control
Pretensioners............Protecting the environment .............Puddle l ighddoor l ight ........................
Radio frequency remote control:l '4inisterial Certif i cations .................
restraint system
Radio transmitters and cellulartelephones
231
9358Fuses (replacement) Keys Rain sensor
Rear ceil ing l ights- hr r lh ronhramant
contro1.......................Rear fog lights
_ h, , lh . -^t" . - - - - f
controi buftonRear window washer
- control- f luid level
Rear window wipers- blades
- "table" settingSid eitaillights
- controlbulb rep1acement.................
bulb rep1acement..................SunroofSman washingSnow chainsSound systemSpark plugs
- tyPeSaning the engine
DUmP StarflnS- diesel engines- ignition switch-,ump stafting- petrol engines- stopping the engine ......................
warming up the engine ................SteeringSteering column 1ock ..........................Steering wheel adjustment ..............,.
Sun visorsSuspensionsSymbols
TableTailgateTechnical specifi cations.......................Third brake 1i9ht ..................................ToolsTop speedsTowing a trailer
- tow hitch installation
T.P.M.S. sysremTransmissionTyre pressureTyres
- changing- snow lyres
stanoaro- understanding tyre marking.........
Universal lsofix child restraintsystem
Using the manual gearbox .................Using the automatic gearbox ............
Ventilation
Warningl ights and messages...........WeightsWheel geometrl
Wheelschanging
- sPare wneelWindow washingWindows (cleaning)Windscreen andrear window
wiper bladesWindscreen washer
- controlf luid level
Windscreen wipers- blades
2t8-2t954t63to)
7057
t3592
2t l
t5 lt2lt7
t50120
692t4
7
3276
207t66r53221
t32t8l
9l2t3
c?s=€E
aE
t6962
- front- Teart64
64
59t95
20259
203
363636
224t8
t64
2t584
993l
r03t02t04r00
205
333l
t5 lt342t7215
rSa; !r
- controlnozzres
t09t24125
Rearview mirrors- door mirrors Volumetric protecdon .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39t3
t372222t5t5l
t5 l7t757
205
202
57t95
202
203
t95
- driving mirror- electric
RefuellingRev. counterReversing lightRims- understanding rim marking..........
Roof racldski rack................................
Safety devicesSeat adjustmentSeat belts
- general warningsload 1imiters.. . . . . . . . . . . . .
- maintenance- use
Seats- cleaning
Wheel replacement =3E
122t222t4
t735
t36
- controlnozzles
- electrically adjustable front Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid level ............. 235- manually adjustable front seats... Towing the car
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS
DASHBOARD
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
ag. I
l . Side air vent - 2. Right steering column stalk: windscreen, rear window wiper and trip computer controls - 3. Instrument panel
and warninq lighs - 4. ieft steeririg column stalk: external lighrs - 5. Central air vents - 6. Sound sysrem - Z Front Passenter air ba8'g. Lf"""b"'" -' 9- Hearins/ventila;on/climate controls - l0l Gearshift lever - | | . Cruise control lever - | 2. Driver's knees air bag '| 3. Driver's air baq - 14.-Control unitaccess door - 15. Control plate.
INSTRUMENT PANEL 1.8 - 1.9 Multiiet 8Y versions
A Rev counter
D
E
Fuel level gauge with reserve warninglight
Engine coolant temperature gauge andexcessive temperature warning l ight
Speedometer (speed indicator)
l'lultifunction display
2.2 - | .9 Multi jet | 6V -2.4 Multi jet 20V versions
A Rev counter
B Fuel levelgauge with reserve warninglitht
C Engine coolant temperature gauge andexcessive temperature warning l ight
D Speedometer (speed indicator)
E Multifunctiondisplay
TO E Warning liShts fitted on l4ultijet ver-sions
C:i Warning light fitted on versions with au-tomatic transmission
\n ro\
a f r f l
- ,.6,, e20 ,6 .. rot 50
n6f)a
go h, ,1$
," .//t .t ^
lii A El F,)
toS.t* .0-e-a lv\,,,2O .a'=' 2 -14' \ ,u. . , .
f* ; 'Xl/ 20 p4-,o,50' \
j. ro o../:-;i c oo -=i 2' :oo: -i\\.4 70 . /\\ i* /_
\ \_ |
Lrrn 1f , HBe
elD lt l lSlm
ann lTnnn rblEllE1ihtill
At tfre heoart pt ypur @rrgfln&,
The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia,a range of lubricants which satisfies the most advanced
international specifications. Specific tests and high technicalcharacteristicss allow the S,elenia range to guarantee
the optimum and top quality pettormance of your engine.
The Selenia range includes a number of of technologically advanced products:
SELENIA z()K SELENIA TDADI S- uor ic arr wrchgua,ar aa<opl i -Jr Ol or osptolecl Jrbo ha'gedorm.t \a| . ,^die>eperformance and maxil-num wear protection to engines, guarantees max mum eng ne c eanl ness
r r i / : l a^6r,^ l a-- .or - -n^-ehlh: l h/-h ra.n. \A. : r r .o-o-l-rr o !=u ,ur uu, I di 9*u ur u,-, . q, . L p! -, v, ,v I
ISELENIA PERFORMERs oadicL]larv rdea for the Drotecton of newgeneration petrol engrnes
e a ^ \^J T' . /^^:^-^^^ . l t to. t r ' - l.
- . - ' . " - r i^ . ' - " . ' -
. i - \o. \ i . - ,
SELENIA WROi wi. u ha.- b^ar opa fica 1,, de,.gned 'or --e n
-o^ mor I di ordNl r iat die.e e - gir^s. ff lect . e dL -
i.g.OCl ..tart5 iIOffe S a" n- m waa. pTO F - | 01.
- ^ , - | i l r^^al< m-r i^. r a. l l i^ .
-n .21
'h h.h F-.r6 ' ) | r '^S
Ihe complete Selenia rangc also includes Selenia 20K Alla Bomeo, Selenia Performer 5W-40, Selenia Racing and Selenia Digitech.
For further lnformaton on Seen a oroducts oease vist the webste www.flselenia.com.
COLD TY
Size
STANDARD TYRESM€dium load |
----- t ' l t t : 'o
Rear
SPARE\,vHEEL
4.2
4.7
4.1
4.2
4.2
205/55 Rl6 9lv1i?t2.4
2.4
t .8
2.2 ^.t1,9 Multii€t 8v
2.6215/50 R l7 9lw
2.4' ) rq/45 Rl8 95Y2.8 2.7
2.4 2.47.4 2.5
215/55 Rl6 93W '1.42.6
?4,2.4
7.42.4 7.7
225/45 Rl8 95Y 7.5205i 55 Rl6 9lv 2,4
?,4?,.47t2.4
t.1.
215/55 Rl6 93W2l5i 50 R l7 9lw ?,1
?4.2.4
?,9?q2.8
^f
2i205/55 Rl6 9lv
1.9 Hultiiet l6v
1.9 Multiiet i6v at.
2t5155 Rl6 93W 2.4i-+ 2.7 2.6
215/50 Rl7 9lW 4:37,1.2.4
2.5225/45 Rl8 95Y
2.4 2.7205/s5 Rl6 9lv
2.4)-t
2.4 2.4,:4
7.72t5/50 Rl7 9lW 2.5225i45 Rl8 95Y 2.4 7.7 4.2, rs/50 Rl7 95W
2.4 Multiiet 2ov a.t.225/4s Rl8 95Y 2.6
TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
INE OIL REPLACEMENT
FUEL CAPACITY Tank caPacitv: 62 litres Riserve: 7 - 9litr€s
#$[i*];x:;"$,""ffiti'*HJ,:'.";i:: ?:IEJ:'i,""if*'.?iliij]?]f:iJ"dil!"JJ"';p€an speciricarion
Fiat Auto s.p.A. - Qualitv - Assistenza recnica - lnsesn"J;1tiXfiTi1,"r;b:'ltusenatore G Asn€lli' s ' loo4o volvera - rorino (ltalia)
ENG2.2 a.t. | 1.9 t .9 1,9 Multijet l6v at. 2.4 Multijet 10v a"t"
2.2litres Kg litres Kt litres
litres Kg litres kg litres Kg
4.5 4.5 5.45 5 4.5
and filter
-
The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and versionsdescribed in this bool<let at any time for technical and commercial reasons. lf you have any further questions please consultvour FIAT dealer. Pr inted in recvcled oaoer wi thout chlor ine.
